1 /* 2 ** 2001 September 15 3 ** 4 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of 5 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: 6 ** 7 ** May you do good and not evil. 8 ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. 9 ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. 10 ** 11 ************************************************************************* 12 ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager". 13 ** 14 ** The pager is used to access a database disk file. It implements 15 ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that 16 ** is separate from the database file. The pager also implements file 17 ** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database 18 ** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while 19 ** another is writing. 20 */ 21 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO 22 #include "sqliteInt.h" 23 #include "wal.h" 24 25 26 /******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************ 27 ** 28 ** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback 29 ** journal. These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL, 30 ** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF. 31 ** 32 ** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced 33 ** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF. 34 ** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS 35 ** is called successfully on the file containing the page. 36 ** 37 ** Definition: A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if 38 ** one or more of the following are true about the page: 39 ** 40 ** (a) The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of 41 ** the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and 42 ** synced. 43 ** 44 ** (b) The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction. 45 ** 46 ** (c) The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in 47 ** the database file at the start of the transaction. 48 ** 49 ** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the 50 ** following are true: 51 ** 52 ** (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable. 53 ** 54 ** (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire 55 ** transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence 56 ** number consists of a single page change. 57 ** 58 ** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches 59 ** both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written 60 ** and the content in the database at the beginning of the current 61 ** transaction. 62 ** 63 ** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size 64 ** in length and are aligned on a page boundary. 65 ** 66 ** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and 67 ** an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the 68 ** first 100 bytes of the database file. 69 ** 70 ** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal 71 ** being deleted, truncated, or zeroed. 72 ** 73 ** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file 74 ** are synced prior to the master journal being deleted. 75 ** 76 ** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time) 77 ** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to 78 ** all queries. Note in particular the content of freelist leaf 79 ** pages can be changed arbitrarily without affecting the logical equivalence 80 ** of the database. 81 ** 82 ** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set, 83 ** of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the 84 ** journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logically 85 ** equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction. 86 ** 87 ** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS 88 ** is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at 89 ** the beginning of the transaction. (In some VFSes, the xTruncate 90 ** method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will 91 ** invoke it.) 92 ** 93 ** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range 94 ** of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing 95 ** the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same 96 ** database to flush their caches. 97 ** 98 ** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less 99 ** than one billion transactions. 100 ** 101 ** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion 102 ** of every transaction. 103 ** 104 ** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to 105 ** the database file. 106 ** 107 ** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any 108 ** content out of the database file. 109 ** 110 ******************************************************************************/ 111 112 /* 113 ** Macros for troubleshooting. Normally turned off 114 */ 115 #if 0 116 int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ 117 #define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf 118 #define PAGERTRACE(X) if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; } 119 #else 120 #define PAGERTRACE(X) 121 #endif 122 123 /* 124 ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above 125 ** to print out file-descriptors. 126 ** 127 ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The 128 ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file 129 ** struct as its argument. 130 */ 131 #define PAGERID(p) ((int)(p->fd)) 132 #define FILEHANDLEID(fd) ((int)fd) 133 134 /* 135 ** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A 136 ** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following 137 ** state diagram. 138 ** 139 ** OPEN <------+------+ 140 ** | | | 141 ** V | | 142 ** +---------> READER-------+ | 143 ** | | | 144 ** | V | 145 ** |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR 146 ** | | ^ 147 ** | V | 148 ** |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->| 149 ** | | | 150 ** | V | 151 ** |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->| 152 ** | | | 153 ** | V | 154 ** +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+ 155 ** 156 ** 157 ** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each: 158 ** 159 ** OPEN -> READER [sqlite3PagerSharedLock] 160 ** READER -> OPEN [pager_unlock] 161 ** 162 ** READER -> WRITER_LOCKED [sqlite3PagerBegin] 163 ** WRITER_LOCKED -> WRITER_CACHEMOD [pager_open_journal] 164 ** WRITER_CACHEMOD -> WRITER_DBMOD [syncJournal] 165 ** WRITER_DBMOD -> WRITER_FINISHED [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne] 166 ** WRITER_*** -> READER [pager_end_transaction] 167 ** 168 ** WRITER_*** -> ERROR [pager_error] 169 ** ERROR -> OPEN [pager_unlock] 170 ** 171 ** 172 ** OPEN: 173 ** 174 ** The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this 175 ** state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is 176 ** unknown. The database may not be read or written. 177 ** 178 ** * No read or write transaction is active. 179 ** * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file. 180 ** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted. 181 ** 182 ** READER: 183 ** 184 ** In this state all the requirements for reading the database in 185 ** rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently 186 ** was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is 187 ** open. The database size is known in this state. 188 ** 189 ** A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when 190 ** it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state 191 ** OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection 192 ** running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in 193 ** this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way 194 ** a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN 195 ** is via the ERROR state (see below). 196 ** 197 ** * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot). 198 ** * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file. 199 ** * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read 200 ** transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables 201 ** may not be trusted at this point. 202 ** * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open. 203 ** * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that 204 ** there is no hot-journal in the file-system. 205 ** 206 ** WRITER_LOCKED: 207 ** 208 ** The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction 209 ** is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks 210 ** required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual 211 ** modifications to the cache or database have taken place. 212 ** 213 ** In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with 214 ** BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when 215 ** moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened 216 ** to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while 217 ** in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database 218 ** file. 219 ** 220 ** IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file. 221 ** If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt 222 ** is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. 223 ** 224 ** * A write transaction is active. 225 ** * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater 226 ** lock is held on the database file. 227 ** * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction 228 ** is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully 229 ** called). 230 ** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid. 231 ** * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified. 232 ** * The journal file may or may not be open. 233 ** * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal. 234 ** 235 ** WRITER_CACHEMOD: 236 ** 237 ** A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is 238 ** first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file 239 ** is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the 240 ** start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified. 241 ** 242 ** * A write transaction is active. 243 ** * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file. 244 ** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written 245 ** to it, but the header has not been synced to disk. 246 ** * The contents of the page cache have been modified. 247 ** 248 ** WRITER_DBMOD: 249 ** 250 ** The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state 251 ** when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections 252 ** never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file, 253 ** just the log file). 254 ** 255 ** * A write transaction is active. 256 ** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file. 257 ** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written 258 ** and synced to disk. 259 ** * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly 260 ** written to disk). 261 ** 262 ** WRITER_FINISHED: 263 ** 264 ** It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state. 265 ** 266 ** A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD 267 ** state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the 268 ** database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply 269 ** by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is 270 ** not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper 271 ** layer must either commit or rollback the transaction. 272 ** 273 ** * A write transaction is active. 274 ** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file. 275 ** * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished. 276 ** If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to 277 ** commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need 278 ** to rollback the transaction. 279 ** 280 ** ERROR: 281 ** 282 ** The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including 283 ** SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it 284 ** difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents, 285 ** db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system. 286 ** 287 ** Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers 288 ** cannot. 289 ** 290 ** For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback, 291 ** the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state. 292 ** At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state 293 ** (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might 294 ** report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if 295 ** they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database 296 ** file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state 297 ** instead of READER following such an error. 298 ** 299 ** Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager 300 ** to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all 301 ** outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to 302 ** transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the 303 ** page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything 304 ** is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed) 305 ** when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning 306 ** the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered 307 ** from the error. 308 ** 309 ** Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if: 310 ** 311 ** 1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in 312 ** function sqlite3PagerRollback(). 313 ** 314 ** 2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file 315 ** following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(). 316 ** 317 ** 3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or 318 ** database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up 319 ** memory. 320 ** 321 ** In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree 322 ** layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition 323 ** persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above. 324 ** 325 ** Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only 326 ** statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error 327 ** code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not 328 ** automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a 329 ** read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent 330 ** state. 331 ** 332 ** * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK. 333 ** * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the 334 ** last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state). 335 ** * The pager is not an in-memory pager. 336 ** 337 ** 338 ** Notes: 339 ** 340 ** * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the 341 ** connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one 342 ** of the first four states. 343 ** 344 ** * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN 345 ** state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has 346 ** been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are 347 ** executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state". 348 ** 349 ** * See also: assert_pager_state(). 350 */ 351 #define PAGER_OPEN 0 352 #define PAGER_READER 1 353 #define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 2 354 #define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 3 355 #define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 4 356 #define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 5 357 #define PAGER_ERROR 6 358 359 /* 360 ** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the 361 ** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on 362 ** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 363 ** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by 364 ** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers. 365 ** 366 ** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY 367 ** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not 368 ** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and 369 ** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated 370 ** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the 371 ** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set 372 ** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held 373 ** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value. 374 ** 375 ** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may 376 ** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than 377 ** required, but nothing really goes wrong. 378 ** 379 ** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves 380 ** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file 381 ** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of an OPEN->SHARED 382 ** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock() 383 ** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this 384 ** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part 385 ** of hot-journal detection. 386 ** 387 ** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED 388 ** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may 389 ** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but 390 ** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens 391 ** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active 392 ** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database 393 ** without rolling it back. 394 ** 395 ** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the 396 ** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It 397 ** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call 398 ** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition 399 ** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK 400 ** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE 401 ** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function 402 ** PagerSharedLock() for more detail. 403 ** 404 ** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in 405 ** PAGER_OPEN state. 406 */ 407 #define UNKNOWN_LOCK (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1) 408 409 /* 410 ** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one 411 */ 412 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 413 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \ 414 if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; } 415 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \ 416 if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \ 417 if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; } 418 #else 419 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) /* NO-OP */ 420 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D 421 #endif 422 423 /* 424 ** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method 425 ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead. 426 ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on 427 ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit. 428 */ 429 #define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000 430 431 /* 432 ** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active 433 ** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures 434 ** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and 435 ** resized using sqlite3Realloc(). 436 ** 437 ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is 438 ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while 439 ** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset 440 ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main 441 ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint 442 ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()). 443 */ 444 typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint; 445 struct PagerSavepoint { 446 i64 iOffset; /* Starting offset in main journal */ 447 i64 iHdrOffset; /* See above */ 448 Bitvec *pInSavepoint; /* Set of pages in this savepoint */ 449 Pgno nOrig; /* Original number of pages in file */ 450 Pgno iSubRec; /* Index of first record in sub-journal */ 451 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 452 u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA]; /* WAL savepoint context */ 453 #endif 454 }; 455 456 /* 457 ** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag. See further description below. 458 */ 459 #define SPILLFLAG_OFF 0x01 /* Never spill cache. Set via pragma */ 460 #define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK 0x02 /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */ 461 #define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC 0x04 /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */ 462 463 /* 464 ** An open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of 465 ** some of the more important member variables follows: 466 ** 467 ** eState 468 ** 469 ** The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state 470 ** diagram above for a description of the pager state. 471 ** 472 ** eLock 473 ** 474 ** For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file - 475 ** NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 476 ** 477 ** For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any 478 ** locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such 479 ** databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager 480 ** logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever 481 ** need (and no reason to release them). 482 ** 483 ** In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to 484 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for 485 ** details. 486 ** 487 ** changeCountDone 488 ** 489 ** This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter 490 ** (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is 491 ** not updated more often than necessary. 492 ** 493 ** It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which 494 ** can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file. 495 ** It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is 496 ** relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed, 497 ** The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of 498 ** updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction. 499 ** 500 ** This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection 501 ** need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction 502 ** committed. 503 ** 504 ** setMaster 505 ** 506 ** When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may 507 ** (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the 508 ** journal file before it is synced to disk. 509 ** 510 ** Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects 511 ** the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is 512 ** committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode. 513 ** If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is 514 ** finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If 515 ** it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized 516 ** by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were 517 ** running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode. 518 ** 519 ** Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized 520 ** simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the 521 ** master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any 522 ** subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file. 523 ** 524 ** The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either 525 ** by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the 526 ** journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag 527 ** is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state). 528 ** 529 ** doNotSpill 530 ** 531 ** This variables control the behavior of cache-spills (calls made by 532 ** the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to write cached data 533 ** to the file-system in order to free up memory). 534 ** 535 ** When bits SPILLFLAG_OFF or SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK of doNotSpill are set, 536 ** writing to the database from pagerStress() is disabled altogether. 537 ** The SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK case is done in a very obscure case that 538 ** comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module 539 ** to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written 540 ** while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback(). The SPILLFLAG_OFF 541 ** case is a user preference. 542 ** 543 ** If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from 544 ** pagerStress() is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not. 545 ** This flag is set by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size 546 ** is larger than the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync 547 ** from happening in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector. 548 ** 549 ** subjInMemory 550 ** 551 ** This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal 552 ** is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory 553 ** sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files. 554 ** 555 ** This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new 556 ** write-transaction is opened. 557 ** 558 ** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize 559 ** 560 ** Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file. 561 ** It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for 562 ** OPEN and ERROR). 563 ** 564 ** dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be 565 ** larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset 566 ** 28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file 567 ** is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in 568 ** dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2). 569 ** Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered 570 ** to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads 571 ** to dbSize==1). 572 ** 573 ** During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than 574 ** dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly. 575 ** Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(), 576 ** dbSize is updated. 577 ** 578 ** Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states 579 ** PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize 580 ** variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback, 581 ** and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before 582 ** being modified. 583 ** 584 ** Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of 585 ** the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the 586 ** write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made 587 ** to write or truncate the database file on disk. 588 ** 589 ** The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress 590 ** unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If, 591 ** when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates 592 ** that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize), 593 ** pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize() 594 ** to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required. 595 ** dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case 596 ** pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be 597 ** a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case, 598 ** pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger. 599 ** 600 ** dbHintSize 601 ** 602 ** The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to 603 ** the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method. 604 ** 605 ** dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a 606 ** write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and 607 ** dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called, 608 ** dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the 609 ** size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for 610 ** details. 611 ** 612 ** errCode 613 ** 614 ** The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It 615 ** is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode 616 ** is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX 617 ** sub-codes. 618 */ 619 struct Pager { 620 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* OS functions to use for IO */ 621 u8 exclusiveMode; /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */ 622 u8 journalMode; /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */ 623 u8 useJournal; /* Use a rollback journal on this file */ 624 u8 noSync; /* Do not sync the journal if true */ 625 u8 fullSync; /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */ 626 u8 ckptSyncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for checkpoint */ 627 u8 walSyncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for wal writes */ 628 u8 syncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */ 629 u8 tempFile; /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */ 630 u8 noLock; /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */ 631 u8 readOnly; /* True for a read-only database */ 632 u8 memDb; /* True to inhibit all file I/O */ 633 634 /************************************************************************** 635 ** The following block contains those class members that change during 636 ** routine operation. Class members not in this block are either fixed 637 ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a 638 ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode, 639 ** or the journal_mode). From another view, these class members describe 640 ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the 641 ** "configuration" of the pager. 642 */ 643 u8 eState; /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */ 644 u8 eLock; /* Current lock held on database file */ 645 u8 changeCountDone; /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */ 646 u8 setMaster; /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */ 647 u8 doNotSpill; /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */ 648 u8 subjInMemory; /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */ 649 u8 bUseFetch; /* True to use xFetch() */ 650 u8 hasHeldSharedLock; /* True if a shared lock has ever been held */ 651 Pgno dbSize; /* Number of pages in the database */ 652 Pgno dbOrigSize; /* dbSize before the current transaction */ 653 Pgno dbFileSize; /* Number of pages in the database file */ 654 Pgno dbHintSize; /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */ 655 int errCode; /* One of several kinds of errors */ 656 int nRec; /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */ 657 u32 cksumInit; /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */ 658 u32 nSubRec; /* Number of records written to sub-journal */ 659 Bitvec *pInJournal; /* One bit for each page in the database file */ 660 sqlite3_file *fd; /* File descriptor for database */ 661 sqlite3_file *jfd; /* File descriptor for main journal */ 662 sqlite3_file *sjfd; /* File descriptor for sub-journal */ 663 i64 journalOff; /* Current write offset in the journal file */ 664 i64 journalHdr; /* Byte offset to previous journal header */ 665 sqlite3_backup *pBackup; /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */ 666 PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */ 667 int nSavepoint; /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */ 668 u32 iDataVersion; /* Changes whenever database content changes */ 669 char dbFileVers[16]; /* Changes whenever database file changes */ 670 671 int nMmapOut; /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */ 672 sqlite3_int64 szMmap; /* Desired maximum mmap size */ 673 PgHdr *pMmapFreelist; /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */ 674 /* 675 ** End of the routinely-changing class members 676 ***************************************************************************/ 677 678 u16 nExtra; /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */ 679 i16 nReserve; /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */ 680 u32 vfsFlags; /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ 681 u32 sectorSize; /* Assumed sector size during rollback */ 682 int pageSize; /* Number of bytes in a page */ 683 Pgno mxPgno; /* Maximum allowed size of the database */ 684 i64 journalSizeLimit; /* Size limit for persistent journal files */ 685 char *zFilename; /* Name of the database file */ 686 char *zJournal; /* Name of the journal file */ 687 int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */ 688 void *pBusyHandlerArg; /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */ 689 int aStat[3]; /* Total cache hits, misses and writes */ 690 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 691 int nRead; /* Database pages read */ 692 #endif 693 void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */ 694 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 695 void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */ 696 void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */ 697 void (*xCodecFree)(void*); /* Destructor for the codec */ 698 void *pCodec; /* First argument to xCodec... methods */ 699 #endif 700 char *pTmpSpace; /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */ 701 PCache *pPCache; /* Pointer to page cache object */ 702 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 703 Wal *pWal; /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */ 704 char *zWal; /* File name for write-ahead log */ 705 #endif 706 }; 707 708 /* 709 ** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains 710 ** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS 711 ** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status(). 712 */ 713 #define PAGER_STAT_HIT 0 714 #define PAGER_STAT_MISS 1 715 #define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2 716 717 /* 718 ** The following global variables hold counters used for 719 ** testing purposes only. These variables do not exist in 720 ** a non-testing build. These variables are not thread-safe. 721 */ 722 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 723 int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages read from DB */ 724 int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages written to DB */ 725 int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0; /* Number of pages written to journal */ 726 # define PAGER_INCR(v) v++ 727 #else 728 # define PAGER_INCR(v) 729 #endif 730 731 732 733 /* 734 ** Journal files begin with the following magic string. The data 735 ** was obtained from /dev/random. It is used only as a sanity check. 736 ** 737 ** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity 738 ** checking information. If the power fails while the journal is being 739 ** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal 740 ** file after power is restored. If an attempt is then made 741 ** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted. The additional 742 ** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the 743 ** journal and ignore it. 744 ** 745 ** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists 746 ** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data. The checksum covers both 747 ** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page. 748 ** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the 749 ** journal file right after the header. The random initializer is important, 750 ** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely 751 ** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted. If the 752 ** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might 753 ** be correct. But by initializing the checksum to random value which 754 ** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk. 755 */ 756 static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = { 757 0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7, 758 }; 759 760 /* 761 ** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by 762 ** the following macro. 763 */ 764 #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager) ((pPager->pageSize) + 8) 765 766 /* 767 ** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same 768 ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize(). 769 */ 770 #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize) 771 772 /* 773 ** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database. 774 ** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set, 775 ** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize 776 ** out code that would never execute. 777 */ 778 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB 779 # define MEMDB 0 780 #else 781 # define MEMDB pPager->memDb 782 #endif 783 784 /* 785 ** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch 786 ** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O. 787 */ 788 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 789 # define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch) 790 #else 791 # define USEFETCH(x) 0 792 #endif 793 794 /* 795 ** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1). 796 */ 797 #define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647 798 799 /* 800 ** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*). 801 ** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is. 802 ** 803 ** This is so that expressions can be written as: 804 ** 805 ** if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ... 806 ** 807 ** instead of 808 ** 809 ** if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ... 810 */ 811 #define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods!=0) 812 813 /* 814 ** Return true if this pager uses a write-ahead log instead of the usual 815 ** rollback journal. Otherwise false. 816 */ 817 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 818 static int pagerUseWal(Pager *pPager){ 819 return (pPager->pWal!=0); 820 } 821 #else 822 # define pagerUseWal(x) 0 823 # define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0 824 # define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0 825 # define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK 826 # define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK 827 #endif 828 829 #ifndef NDEBUG 830 /* 831 ** Usage: 832 ** 833 ** assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 834 ** 835 ** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in 836 ** the internal state of the Pager object. 837 */ 838 static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){ 839 Pager *pPager = p; 840 841 /* State must be valid. */ 842 assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN 843 || p->eState==PAGER_READER 844 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 845 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 846 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 847 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 848 || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR 849 ); 850 851 /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves 852 ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates 853 ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set. 854 */ 855 assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 856 assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone ); 857 858 /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF". 859 ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open. 860 */ 861 assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal ); 862 assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) ); 863 864 /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since 865 ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter 866 ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing 867 ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may 868 ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It 869 ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR 870 ** state. 871 */ 872 if( MEMDB ){ 873 assert( p->noSync ); 874 assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 875 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 876 ); 877 assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ); 878 assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 ); 879 } 880 881 /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held 882 ** on the file. 883 */ 884 assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); 885 assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK ); 886 887 switch( p->eState ){ 888 case PAGER_OPEN: 889 assert( !MEMDB ); 890 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 891 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile ); 892 break; 893 894 case PAGER_READER: 895 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 896 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 897 assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); 898 break; 899 900 case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED: 901 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 902 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 903 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 904 assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); 905 } 906 assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize ); 907 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize ); 908 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize ); 909 assert( pPager->setMaster==0 ); 910 break; 911 912 case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD: 913 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 914 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 915 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 916 /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the 917 ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during 918 ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off 919 ** to journal_mode=wal. 920 */ 921 assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); 922 assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 923 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 924 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 925 ); 926 } 927 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize ); 928 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize ); 929 break; 930 931 case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD: 932 assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 933 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 934 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 935 assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 936 assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 937 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 938 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 939 ); 940 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize ); 941 break; 942 943 case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED: 944 assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 945 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 946 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 947 assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 948 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 949 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 950 ); 951 break; 952 953 case PAGER_ERROR: 954 /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if 955 ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped 956 ** back to OPEN state. 957 */ 958 assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ); 959 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ); 960 break; 961 } 962 963 return 1; 964 } 965 #endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */ 966 967 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 968 /* 969 ** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer 970 ** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This 971 ** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative 972 ** to "print *pPager" in gdb: 973 ** 974 ** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager) 975 */ 976 static char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){ 977 static char zRet[1024]; 978 979 sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet, 980 "Filename: %s\n" 981 "State: %s errCode=%d\n" 982 "Lock: %s\n" 983 "Locking mode: locking_mode=%s\n" 984 "Journal mode: journal_mode=%s\n" 985 "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n" 986 "Journal: journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n" 987 "Size: dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n" 988 , p->zFilename 989 , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? "OPEN" : 990 p->eState==PAGER_READER ? "READER" : 991 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ? "WRITER_LOCKED" : 992 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" : 993 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ? "WRITER_DBMOD" : 994 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" : 995 p->eState==PAGER_ERROR ? "ERROR" : "?error?" 996 , (int)p->errCode 997 , p->eLock==NO_LOCK ? "NO_LOCK" : 998 p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK ? "RESERVED" : 999 p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ? "EXCLUSIVE" : 1000 p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK ? "SHARED" : 1001 p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?" 1002 , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal" 1003 , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ? "memory" : 1004 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ? "off" : 1005 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE ? "delete" : 1006 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST ? "persist" : 1007 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" : 1008 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? "wal" : "?error?" 1009 , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal 1010 , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr 1011 , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize 1012 ); 1013 1014 return zRet; 1015 } 1016 #endif 1017 1018 /* 1019 ** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal. 1020 ** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one 1021 ** or more open savepoints for which: 1022 ** 1023 ** * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and 1024 ** * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in 1025 ** PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint. 1026 */ 1027 static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 1028 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 1029 PagerSavepoint *p; 1030 Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno; 1031 int i; 1032 for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){ 1033 p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i]; 1034 if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){ 1035 return 1; 1036 } 1037 } 1038 return 0; 1039 } 1040 1041 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 1042 /* 1043 ** Return true if the page is already in the journal file. 1044 */ 1045 static int pageInJournal(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){ 1046 return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno); 1047 } 1048 #endif 1049 1050 /* 1051 ** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor. Store the integer 1052 ** that is read in *pRes. Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an 1053 ** error code is something goes wrong. 1054 ** 1055 ** All values are stored on disk as big-endian. 1056 */ 1057 static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){ 1058 unsigned char ac[4]; 1059 int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset); 1060 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 1061 *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac); 1062 } 1063 return rc; 1064 } 1065 1066 /* 1067 ** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order. 1068 */ 1069 #define put32bits(A,B) sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B) 1070 1071 1072 /* 1073 ** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor. Return SQLITE_OK 1074 ** on success or an error code is something goes wrong. 1075 */ 1076 static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){ 1077 char ac[4]; 1078 put32bits(ac, val); 1079 return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset); 1080 } 1081 1082 /* 1083 ** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK 1084 ** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock() 1085 ** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock. 1086 ** 1087 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is 1088 ** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of 1089 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this. 1090 */ 1091 static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){ 1092 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 1093 1094 assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock ); 1095 assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK ); 1096 assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); 1097 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 1098 assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock ); 1099 rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock); 1100 if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){ 1101 pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock; 1102 } 1103 IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock)) 1104 } 1105 return rc; 1106 } 1107 1108 /* 1109 ** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK, 1110 ** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the 1111 ** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state. 1112 ** 1113 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is 1114 ** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 1115 ** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation 1116 ** of this. 1117 */ 1118 static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){ 1119 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 1120 1121 assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 1122 if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){ 1123 rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock); 1124 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){ 1125 pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock; 1126 IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock)) 1127 } 1128 } 1129 return rc; 1130 } 1131 1132 /* 1133 ** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write optimization 1134 ** can be used with this pager. The optimization can be used if: 1135 ** 1136 ** (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that 1137 ** a database page may be written atomically, and 1138 ** (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal 1139 ** to the page size. 1140 ** 1141 ** The optimization is also always enabled for temporary files. It is 1142 ** an error to call this function if pPager is opened on an in-memory 1143 ** database. 1144 ** 1145 ** If the optimization cannot be used, 0 is returned. If it can be used, 1146 ** then the value returned is the size of the journal file when it 1147 ** contains rollback data for exactly one page. 1148 */ 1149 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 1150 static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){ 1151 assert( !MEMDB ); 1152 if( !pPager->tempFile ){ 1153 int dc; /* Device characteristics */ 1154 int nSector; /* Sector size */ 1155 int szPage; /* Page size */ 1156 1157 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 1158 dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); 1159 nSector = pPager->sectorSize; 1160 szPage = pPager->pageSize; 1161 1162 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8)); 1163 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8)); 1164 if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){ 1165 return 0; 1166 } 1167 } 1168 1169 return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager); 1170 } 1171 #endif 1172 1173 /* 1174 ** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking 1175 ** on the cache using a hash function. This is used for testing 1176 ** and debugging only. 1177 */ 1178 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 1179 /* 1180 ** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage. 1181 */ 1182 static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){ 1183 u32 hash = 0; 1184 int i; 1185 for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){ 1186 hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i]; 1187 } 1188 return hash; 1189 } 1190 static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){ 1191 return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData); 1192 } 1193 static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){ 1194 pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage); 1195 } 1196 1197 /* 1198 ** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 1199 ** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks 1200 ** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash. 1201 */ 1202 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x) 1203 static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 1204 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 1205 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 1206 assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) ); 1207 } 1208 1209 #else 1210 #define pager_datahash(X,Y) 0 1211 #define pager_pagehash(X) 0 1212 #define pager_set_pagehash(X) 1213 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) 1214 #endif /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */ 1215 1216 /* 1217 ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open. 1218 ** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the 1219 ** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied 1220 ** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format 1221 ** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file. 1222 ** 1223 ** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by 1224 ** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is 1225 ** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal 1226 ** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a 1227 ** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name 1228 ** were present in the journal. 1229 ** 1230 ** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal 1231 ** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A 1232 ** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master 1233 ** journal file name. 1234 ** 1235 ** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present 1236 ** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. 1237 ** 1238 ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite 1239 ** error code is returned. 1240 */ 1241 static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){ 1242 int rc; /* Return code */ 1243 u32 len; /* Length in bytes of master journal name */ 1244 i64 szJ; /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */ 1245 u32 cksum; /* MJ checksum value read from journal */ 1246 u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ 1247 unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */ 1248 zMaster[0] = '\0'; 1249 1250 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ)) 1251 || szJ<16 1252 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len)) 1253 || len>=nMaster 1254 || len==0 1255 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum)) 1256 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8)) 1257 || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) 1258 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len)) 1259 ){ 1260 return rc; 1261 } 1262 1263 /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */ 1264 for(u=0; u<len; u++){ 1265 cksum -= zMaster[u]; 1266 } 1267 if( cksum ){ 1268 /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors 1269 ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means 1270 ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul) 1271 ** master-journal filename. 1272 */ 1273 len = 0; 1274 } 1275 zMaster[len] = '\0'; 1276 1277 return SQLITE_OK; 1278 } 1279 1280 /* 1281 ** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately 1282 ** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector 1283 ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes. 1284 ** 1285 ** i.e for a sector size of 512: 1286 ** 1287 ** Pager.journalOff Return value 1288 ** --------------------------------------- 1289 ** 0 0 1290 ** 512 512 1291 ** 100 512 1292 ** 2000 2048 1293 ** 1294 */ 1295 static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){ 1296 i64 offset = 0; 1297 i64 c = pPager->journalOff; 1298 if( c ){ 1299 offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 1300 } 1301 assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 ); 1302 assert( offset>=c ); 1303 assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ); 1304 return offset; 1305 } 1306 1307 /* 1308 ** The journal file must be open when this function is called. 1309 ** 1310 ** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to 1311 ** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0). 1312 ** 1313 ** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is 1314 ** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise, 1315 ** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case, 1316 ** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately 1317 ** after writing or truncating it. 1318 ** 1319 ** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and 1320 ** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the 1321 ** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the 1322 ** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does 1323 ** not need to be synced following this operation. 1324 ** 1325 ** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code. 1326 ** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK. 1327 */ 1328 static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){ 1329 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 1330 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 1331 if( pPager->journalOff ){ 1332 const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit; /* Local cache of jsl */ 1333 1334 IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager)) 1335 if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){ 1336 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0); 1337 }else{ 1338 static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0}; 1339 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0); 1340 } 1341 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){ 1342 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags); 1343 } 1344 1345 /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock 1346 ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for 1347 ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more 1348 ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need 1349 ** to sync the file following this operation. 1350 */ 1351 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){ 1352 i64 sz; 1353 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz); 1354 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){ 1355 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit); 1356 } 1357 } 1358 } 1359 return rc; 1360 } 1361 1362 /* 1363 ** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal 1364 ** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the 1365 ** current location. 1366 ** 1367 ** The format for the journal header is as follows: 1368 ** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format. 1369 ** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on. 1370 ** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash. 1371 ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count. 1372 ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal. 1373 ** - 4 bytes: Database page size. 1374 ** 1375 ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space. 1376 */ 1377 static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){ 1378 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 1379 char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace; /* Temporary space used to build header */ 1380 u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */ 1381 u32 nWrite; /* Bytes of header sector written */ 1382 int ii; /* Loop counter */ 1383 1384 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */ 1385 1386 if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){ 1387 nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 1388 } 1389 1390 /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created 1391 ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the 1392 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now. 1393 */ 1394 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 1395 if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){ 1396 pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff; 1397 } 1398 } 1399 1400 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 1401 1402 /* 1403 ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this 1404 ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time. 1405 ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced, 1406 ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number 1407 ** of records (see syncJournal()). 1408 ** 1409 ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When 1410 ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the 1411 ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption 1412 ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal 1413 ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios 1414 ** where this risk can be ignored: 1415 ** 1416 ** * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a 1417 ** power failure in this case anyway. 1418 ** 1419 ** * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees 1420 ** that garbage data is never appended to the journal file. 1421 */ 1422 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync ); 1423 if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY) 1424 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) 1425 ){ 1426 memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); 1427 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff); 1428 }else{ 1429 memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4); 1430 } 1431 1432 /* The random check-hash initializer */ 1433 sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit); 1434 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit); 1435 /* The initial database size */ 1436 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize); 1437 /* The assumed sector size for this process */ 1438 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize); 1439 1440 /* The page size */ 1441 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize); 1442 1443 /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary. Everything 1444 ** works find if the following memset() is omitted. But initializing 1445 ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to 1446 ** take the performance hit. 1447 */ 1448 memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0, 1449 nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20)); 1450 1451 /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the 1452 ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the 1453 ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next 1454 ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file 1455 ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS). 1456 ** 1457 ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can 1458 ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file, 1459 ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of 1460 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what 1461 ** is done. 1462 ** 1463 ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the 1464 ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize 1465 ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required 1466 ** to populate the entire journal header sector. 1467 */ 1468 for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){ 1469 IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader)) 1470 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff); 1471 assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff ); 1472 pPager->journalOff += nHeader; 1473 } 1474 1475 return rc; 1476 } 1477 1478 /* 1479 ** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file 1480 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal 1481 ** file. The current location in the journal file is given by 1482 ** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for 1483 ** a description of the journal header format. 1484 ** 1485 ** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of 1486 ** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the 1487 ** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit 1488 ** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned 1489 ** in this case. 1490 ** 1491 ** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is 1492 ** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined. If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes 1493 ** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned. 1494 */ 1495 static int readJournalHdr( 1496 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 1497 int isHot, 1498 i64 journalSize, /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */ 1499 u32 *pNRec, /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */ 1500 u32 *pDbSize /* OUT: Value of original database size field */ 1501 ){ 1502 int rc; /* Return code */ 1503 unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */ 1504 i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of journal header being read */ 1505 1506 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */ 1507 1508 /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the 1509 ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this 1510 ** point, return SQLITE_DONE. 1511 */ 1512 pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 1513 if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){ 1514 return SQLITE_DONE; 1515 } 1516 iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff; 1517 1518 /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match 1519 ** the magic string found at the start of each journal header, return 1520 ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise, 1521 ** proceed. 1522 */ 1523 if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){ 1524 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff); 1525 if( rc ){ 1526 return rc; 1527 } 1528 if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){ 1529 return SQLITE_DONE; 1530 } 1531 } 1532 1533 /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec 1534 ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start 1535 ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong. 1536 */ 1537 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec)) 1538 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit)) 1539 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize)) 1540 ){ 1541 return rc; 1542 } 1543 1544 if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){ 1545 u32 iPageSize; /* Page-size field of journal header */ 1546 u32 iSectorSize; /* Sector-size field of journal header */ 1547 1548 /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */ 1549 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize)) 1550 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize)) 1551 ){ 1552 return rc; 1553 } 1554 1555 /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the 1556 ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize 1557 ** variable is already set to the correct page size. 1558 */ 1559 if( iPageSize==0 ){ 1560 iPageSize = pPager->pageSize; 1561 } 1562 1563 /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields 1564 ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power 1565 ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their 1566 ** respective compile time maximum limits. 1567 */ 1568 if( iPageSize<512 || iSectorSize<32 1569 || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 1570 || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0 || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0 1571 ){ 1572 /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is 1573 ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have 1574 ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading 1575 ** the journal file here. 1576 */ 1577 return SQLITE_DONE; 1578 } 1579 1580 /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal. 1581 ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within 1582 ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested. 1583 */ 1584 rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1); 1585 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 1586 1587 /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by 1588 ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was 1589 ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine 1590 ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value 1591 ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine. 1592 */ 1593 pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize; 1594 } 1595 1596 pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 1597 return rc; 1598 } 1599 1600 1601 /* 1602 ** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager 1603 ** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last 1604 ** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the 1605 ** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before 1606 ** anything is written. The format is: 1607 ** 1608 ** + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO. 1609 ** + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8. 1610 ** + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator). 1611 ** + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum. 1612 ** + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[]. 1613 ** 1614 ** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master 1615 ** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer. 1616 ** 1617 ** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction), 1618 ** this call is a no-op. 1619 */ 1620 static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ 1621 int rc; /* Return code */ 1622 int nMaster; /* Length of string zMaster */ 1623 i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of header in journal file */ 1624 i64 jrnlSize; /* Size of journal file on disk */ 1625 u32 cksum = 0; /* Checksum of string zMaster */ 1626 1627 assert( pPager->setMaster==0 ); 1628 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 1629 1630 if( !zMaster 1631 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 1632 || !isOpen(pPager->jfd) 1633 ){ 1634 return SQLITE_OK; 1635 } 1636 pPager->setMaster = 1; 1637 assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff ); 1638 1639 /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */ 1640 for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){ 1641 cksum += zMaster[nMaster]; 1642 } 1643 1644 /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing 1645 ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to 1646 ** the journal has already been synced. 1647 */ 1648 if( pPager->fullSync ){ 1649 pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 1650 } 1651 iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff; 1652 1653 /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If 1654 ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller. 1655 */ 1656 if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager)))) 1657 || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4))) 1658 || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster))) 1659 || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum))) 1660 || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8, 1661 iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8))) 1662 ){ 1663 return rc; 1664 } 1665 pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20); 1666 1667 /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical 1668 ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name 1669 ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is 1670 ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file 1671 ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine 1672 ** whether or not the journal is hot. 1673 ** 1674 ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal 1675 ** file to the required size. 1676 */ 1677 if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize)) 1678 && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff 1679 ){ 1680 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff); 1681 } 1682 return rc; 1683 } 1684 1685 /* 1686 ** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache. 1687 */ 1688 static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){ 1689 pPager->iDataVersion++; 1690 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); 1691 sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache); 1692 } 1693 1694 /* 1695 ** Return the pPager->iDataVersion value 1696 */ 1697 u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager *pPager){ 1698 assert( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN ); 1699 return pPager->iDataVersion; 1700 } 1701 1702 /* 1703 ** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both 1704 ** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal 1705 ** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode. 1706 */ 1707 static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){ 1708 int ii; /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */ 1709 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 1710 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint); 1711 } 1712 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){ 1713 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd); 1714 } 1715 sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint); 1716 pPager->aSavepoint = 0; 1717 pPager->nSavepoint = 0; 1718 pPager->nSubRec = 0; 1719 } 1720 1721 /* 1722 ** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint 1723 ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful 1724 ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs. 1725 */ 1726 static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ 1727 int ii; /* Loop counter */ 1728 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */ 1729 1730 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 1731 PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii]; 1732 if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){ 1733 rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno); 1734 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 1735 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 1736 } 1737 } 1738 return rc; 1739 } 1740 1741 /* 1742 ** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not 1743 ** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN 1744 ** state. 1745 ** 1746 ** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is 1747 ** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does 1748 ** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is 1749 ** closed (if it is open). 1750 ** 1751 ** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the 1752 ** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to 1753 ** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode 1754 ** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated 1755 ** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction 1756 ** is opened (by this or by any other connection). 1757 */ 1758 static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){ 1759 1760 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER 1761 || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN 1762 || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR 1763 ); 1764 1765 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); 1766 pPager->pInJournal = 0; 1767 releaseAllSavepoints(pPager); 1768 1769 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 1770 assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 1771 sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal); 1772 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 1773 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 1774 int rc; /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */ 1775 int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0; 1776 1777 /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then 1778 ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock. Otherwise 1779 ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file 1780 ** out from under us. 1781 */ 1782 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)!=1 ); 1783 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)!=1 ); 1784 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)!=1 ); 1785 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)!=1 ); 1786 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 ); 1787 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 ); 1788 if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN) 1789 || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5) 1790 ){ 1791 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 1792 } 1793 1794 /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database 1795 ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment 1796 ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this 1797 ** is necessary. 1798 */ 1799 rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK); 1800 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){ 1801 pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK; 1802 } 1803 1804 /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here 1805 ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error 1806 ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below. 1807 */ 1808 assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 1809 pPager->changeCountDone = 0; 1810 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 1811 } 1812 1813 /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be 1814 ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager, 1815 ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both 1816 ** normal and exclusive-locking mode. 1817 */ 1818 if( pPager->errCode ){ 1819 assert( !MEMDB ); 1820 pager_reset(pPager); 1821 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; 1822 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 1823 pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK; 1824 if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); 1825 } 1826 1827 pPager->journalOff = 0; 1828 pPager->journalHdr = 0; 1829 pPager->setMaster = 0; 1830 } 1831 1832 /* 1833 ** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires 1834 ** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred. 1835 ** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second 1836 ** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The 1837 ** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function. 1838 ** 1839 ** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the 1840 ** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code 1841 ** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state, 1842 ** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode. 1843 ** 1844 ** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache 1845 ** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding 1846 ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when 1847 ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need 1848 ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if 1849 ** it were a hot-journal). 1850 */ 1851 static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){ 1852 int rc2 = rc & 0xff; 1853 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB ); 1854 assert( 1855 pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL || 1856 pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || 1857 (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR 1858 ); 1859 if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){ 1860 pPager->errCode = rc; 1861 pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; 1862 } 1863 return rc; 1864 } 1865 1866 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage); 1867 1868 /* 1869 ** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by 1870 ** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called 1871 ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening 1872 ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a 1873 ** database transaction. 1874 ** 1875 ** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called 1876 ** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less 1877 ** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op. 1878 ** 1879 ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released. 1880 ** 1881 ** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal 1882 ** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a 1883 ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this 1884 ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized 1885 ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and 1886 ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows: 1887 ** 1888 ** journalMode==MEMORY 1889 ** Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an 1890 ** in-memory journal. 1891 ** 1892 ** journalMode==TRUNCATE 1893 ** Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size. 1894 ** 1895 ** journalMode==PERSIST 1896 ** The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates 1897 ** the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal 1898 ** file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back. 1899 ** 1900 ** journalMode==DELETE 1901 ** The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete(). 1902 ** 1903 ** If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing 1904 ** the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is 1905 ** DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under 1906 ** journalMode==PERSIST is used instead. 1907 ** 1908 ** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state. 1909 ** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is 1910 ** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK. 1911 ** 1912 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during 1913 ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the 1914 ** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the 1915 ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still 1916 ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the 1917 ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related 1918 ** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is 1919 ** returned. 1920 */ 1921 static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){ 1922 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from journal finalization operation */ 1923 int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from db file unlock operation */ 1924 1925 /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction 1926 ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there 1927 ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is 1928 ** held under two circumstances: 1929 ** 1930 ** 1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with 1931 ** eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 1932 ** 1933 ** 2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE 1934 ** lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a 1935 ** read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER 1936 ** and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed. 1937 */ 1938 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 1939 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 1940 if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){ 1941 return SQLITE_OK; 1942 } 1943 1944 releaseAllSavepoints(pPager); 1945 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 ); 1946 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 1947 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 1948 1949 /* Finalize the journal file. */ 1950 if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->jfd) ){ 1951 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); 1952 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 1953 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){ 1954 if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){ 1955 rc = SQLITE_OK; 1956 }else{ 1957 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0); 1958 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->fullSync ){ 1959 /* Make sure the new file size is written into the inode right away. 1960 ** Otherwise the journal might resurrect following a power loss and 1961 ** cause the last transaction to roll back. See 1962 ** https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1072773 1963 */ 1964 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags); 1965 } 1966 } 1967 pPager->journalOff = 0; 1968 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 1969 || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL) 1970 ){ 1971 rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster); 1972 pPager->journalOff = 0; 1973 }else{ 1974 /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if 1975 ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal 1976 ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to 1977 ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal. 1978 */ 1979 int bDelete = (!pPager->tempFile && sqlite3JournalExists(pPager->jfd)); 1980 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 1981 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 1982 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 1983 ); 1984 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 1985 if( bDelete ){ 1986 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); 1987 } 1988 } 1989 } 1990 1991 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 1992 sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash); 1993 if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){ 1994 PgHdr *p = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, 1); 1995 if( p ){ 1996 p->pageHash = 0; 1997 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p); 1998 } 1999 } 2000 #endif 2001 2002 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); 2003 pPager->pInJournal = 0; 2004 pPager->nRec = 0; 2005 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); 2006 sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize); 2007 2008 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 2009 /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in 2010 ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE 2011 ** lock held on the database file. 2012 */ 2013 rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal); 2014 assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK ); 2015 }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){ 2016 /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal 2017 ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image. 2018 ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction 2019 ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the 2020 ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum 2021 ** required size. */ 2022 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 2023 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize); 2024 } 2025 2026 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 2027 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO, 0); 2028 if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; 2029 } 2030 2031 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode 2032 && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0)) 2033 ){ 2034 rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 2035 pPager->changeCountDone = 0; 2036 } 2037 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; 2038 pPager->setMaster = 0; 2039 2040 return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc); 2041 } 2042 2043 /* 2044 ** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the 2045 ** database file. 2046 ** 2047 ** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt 2048 ** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The 2049 ** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock 2050 ** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this 2051 ** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next 2052 ** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one) 2053 ** will roll it back. 2054 ** 2055 ** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or 2056 ** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause 2057 ** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the 2058 ** call to pager_unlock(), as described above. 2059 */ 2060 static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){ 2061 if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){ 2062 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 2063 if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 2064 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 2065 sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager); 2066 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 2067 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 2068 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 2069 pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0); 2070 } 2071 } 2072 pager_unlock(pPager); 2073 } 2074 2075 /* 2076 ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes 2077 ** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the 2078 ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit. 2079 ** 2080 ** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the 2081 ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte 2082 ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200). 2083 ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer. 2084 ** 2085 ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an 2086 ** incompatible journal file format. 2087 ** 2088 ** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely 2089 ** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed. 2090 ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be 2091 ** correct and the middle be corrupt. Thus, this "checksum" scheme, 2092 ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption. 2093 */ 2094 static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){ 2095 u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit; /* Checksum value to return */ 2096 int i = pPager->pageSize-200; /* Loop counter */ 2097 while( i>0 ){ 2098 cksum += aData[i]; 2099 i -= 200; 2100 } 2101 return cksum; 2102 } 2103 2104 /* 2105 ** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back 2106 ** to the codec. 2107 */ 2108 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 2109 static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){ 2110 if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){ 2111 pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize, 2112 (int)pPager->nReserve); 2113 } 2114 } 2115 #else 2116 # define pagerReportSize(X) /* No-op if we do not support a codec */ 2117 #endif 2118 2119 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 2120 /* 2121 ** Make sure the number of reserved bits is the same in the destination 2122 ** pager as it is in the source. This comes up when a VACUUM changes the 2123 ** number of reserved bits to the "optimal" amount. 2124 */ 2125 void sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(Pager *pDest, Pager *pSrc){ 2126 if( pDest->nReserve!=pSrc->nReserve ){ 2127 pDest->nReserve = pSrc->nReserve; 2128 pagerReportSize(pDest); 2129 } 2130 } 2131 #endif 2132 2133 /* 2134 ** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or 2135 ** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page. 2136 ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset 2137 ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal. 2138 ** 2139 ** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does 2140 ** not. 2141 ** 2142 ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file 2143 ** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is 2144 ** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned. 2145 ** 2146 ** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already 2147 ** been played back. If the page at *pOffset has already been played back 2148 ** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback. 2149 ** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set 2150 ** prior to returning. 2151 ** 2152 ** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file 2153 ** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs 2154 ** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing 2155 ** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data 2156 ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be 2157 ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in 2158 ** two circumstances: 2159 ** 2160 ** * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or 2161 ** * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file 2162 ** and the checksum field does not match the record content. 2163 ** 2164 ** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback. 2165 ** 2166 ** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically 2167 ** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails, 2168 ** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. 2169 */ 2170 static int pager_playback_one_page( 2171 Pager *pPager, /* The pager being played back */ 2172 i64 *pOffset, /* Offset of record to playback */ 2173 Bitvec *pDone, /* Bitvec of pages already played back */ 2174 int isMainJrnl, /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */ 2175 int isSavepnt /* True for a savepoint rollback */ 2176 ){ 2177 int rc; 2178 PgHdr *pPg; /* An existing page in the cache */ 2179 Pgno pgno; /* The page number of a page in journal */ 2180 u32 cksum; /* Checksum used for sanity checking */ 2181 char *aData; /* Temporary storage for the page */ 2182 sqlite3_file *jfd; /* The file descriptor for the journal file */ 2183 int isSynced; /* True if journal page is synced */ 2184 2185 assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 ); /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */ 2186 assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 ); /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */ 2187 assert( isMainJrnl || pDone ); /* pDone always used on sub-journals */ 2188 assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 ); /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */ 2189 2190 aData = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2191 assert( aData ); /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */ 2192 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) ); 2193 2194 /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction 2195 ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is 2196 ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager 2197 ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback 2198 ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal. 2199 */ 2200 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 2201 || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) 2202 ); 2203 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl ); 2204 2205 /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal 2206 ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs. 2207 */ 2208 jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd; 2209 rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno); 2210 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 2211 rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4); 2212 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 2213 *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4; 2214 2215 /* Sanity checking on the page. This is more important that I originally 2216 ** thought. If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written, 2217 ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal. We need to 2218 ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it. 2219 */ 2220 if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ 2221 assert( !isSavepnt ); 2222 return SQLITE_DONE; 2223 } 2224 if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){ 2225 return SQLITE_OK; 2226 } 2227 if( isMainJrnl ){ 2228 rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum); 2229 if( rc ) return rc; 2230 if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){ 2231 return SQLITE_DONE; 2232 } 2233 } 2234 2235 /* If this page has already been played back before during the current 2236 ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again. 2237 */ 2238 if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2239 return rc; 2240 } 2241 2242 /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting 2243 */ 2244 if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){ 2245 pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20]; 2246 pagerReportSize(pPager); 2247 } 2248 2249 /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this 2250 ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache, 2251 ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case. 2252 ** 2253 ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode 2254 ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may 2255 ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs 2256 ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache 2257 ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not 2258 ** assert()able. 2259 ** 2260 ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the 2261 ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked 2262 ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for 2263 ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty 2264 ** if the pager is in OPEN state. 2265 ** 2266 ** Ticket #1171: The statement journal might contain page content that is 2267 ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction. 2268 ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement 2269 ** then changed again within the statement. When rolling back such a 2270 ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know 2271 ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback 2272 ** journal. Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the 2273 ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can 2274 ** restore the database to its original form. Two conditions must be 2275 ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be 2276 ** locked. (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced 2277 ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else 2278 ** the page is marked as needSync==0. 2279 ** 2280 ** 2008-04-14: When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it 2281 ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist. 2282 ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened. 2283 */ 2284 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 2285 pPg = 0; 2286 }else{ 2287 pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno); 2288 } 2289 assert( pPg || !MEMDB ); 2290 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 ); 2291 PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n", 2292 PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData), 2293 (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal") 2294 )); 2295 if( isMainJrnl ){ 2296 isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr); 2297 }else{ 2298 isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)); 2299 } 2300 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) 2301 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 2302 && isSynced 2303 ){ 2304 i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; 2305 testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 ); 2306 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 2307 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst); 2308 if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){ 2309 pPager->dbFileSize = pgno; 2310 } 2311 if( pPager->pBackup ){ 2312 CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM); 2313 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData); 2314 CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM, aData); 2315 } 2316 }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){ 2317 /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to 2318 ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential 2319 ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it 2320 ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be 2321 ** current. 2322 ** 2323 ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite 2324 ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen 2325 ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then 2326 ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage(). 2327 ** 2328 ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing 2329 ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty 2330 ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as 2331 ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written. 2332 */ 2333 assert( isSavepnt ); 2334 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)==0 ); 2335 pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK; 2336 rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1); 2337 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)!=0 ); 2338 pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK; 2339 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 2340 pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_READ; 2341 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); 2342 } 2343 if( pPg ){ 2344 /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except 2345 ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the 2346 ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result 2347 ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to 2348 ** sqlite3PagerRollback(). 2349 */ 2350 void *pData; 2351 pData = pPg->pData; 2352 memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize); 2353 pPager->xReiniter(pPg); 2354 if( isMainJrnl && (!isSavepnt || *pOffset<=pPager->journalHdr) ){ 2355 /* If the contents of this page were just restored from the main 2356 ** journal file, then its content must be as they were when the 2357 ** transaction was first opened. In this case we can mark the page 2358 ** as clean, since there will be no need to write it out to the 2359 ** database. 2360 ** 2361 ** There is one exception to this rule. If the page is being rolled 2362 ** back as part of a savepoint (or statement) rollback from an 2363 ** unsynced portion of the main journal file, then it is not safe 2364 ** to mark the page as clean. This is because marking the page as 2365 ** clean will clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag. Since the page is 2366 ** already in the journal file (recorded in Pager.pInJournal) and 2367 ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is cleared, if the page is written to 2368 ** again within this transaction, it will be marked as dirty but 2369 ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag will not be set. It could then potentially 2370 ** be written out into the database file before its journal file 2371 ** segment is synced. If a crash occurs during or following this, 2372 ** database corruption may ensue. 2373 */ 2374 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 2375 sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg); 2376 } 2377 pager_set_pagehash(pPg); 2378 2379 /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers. 2380 ** Do this before any decoding. */ 2381 if( pgno==1 ){ 2382 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 2383 } 2384 2385 /* Decode the page just read from disk */ 2386 CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM); 2387 sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); 2388 } 2389 return rc; 2390 } 2391 2392 /* 2393 ** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal 2394 ** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back. 2395 ** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file, 2396 ** and does so if it is. 2397 ** 2398 ** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not 2399 ** available for use within this function. 2400 ** 2401 ** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names 2402 ** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8 2403 ** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a 2404 ** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal 2405 ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be: 2406 ** 2407 ** "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00" 2408 ** 2409 ** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child 2410 ** journals have been rolled back. 2411 ** 2412 ** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into 2413 ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For 2414 ** each child journal, it checks if: 2415 ** 2416 ** * if the child journal exists, and if so 2417 ** * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal 2418 ** file zMaster 2419 ** 2420 ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria 2421 ** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if 2422 ** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from 2423 ** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete(). 2424 ** 2425 ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This 2426 ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation 2427 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors 2428 ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned. 2429 ** 2430 ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load 2431 ** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be 2432 ** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page 2433 ** size. 2434 */ 2435 static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ 2436 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 2437 int rc; /* Return code */ 2438 sqlite3_file *pMaster; /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */ 2439 sqlite3_file *pJournal; /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */ 2440 char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */ 2441 i64 nMasterJournal; /* Size of master journal file */ 2442 char *zJournal; /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */ 2443 char *zMasterPtr; /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */ 2444 int nMasterPtr; /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */ 2445 2446 /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors. 2447 ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading. 2448 */ 2449 pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2); 2450 pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile); 2451 if( !pMaster ){ 2452 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; 2453 }else{ 2454 const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL); 2455 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0); 2456 } 2457 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; 2458 2459 /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from 2460 ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal. Also obtain 2461 ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master 2462 ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals. 2463 */ 2464 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal); 2465 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; 2466 nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1; 2467 zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc(nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 1); 2468 if( !zMasterJournal ){ 2469 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; 2470 goto delmaster_out; 2471 } 2472 zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1]; 2473 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0); 2474 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; 2475 zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0; 2476 2477 zJournal = zMasterJournal; 2478 while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){ 2479 int exists; 2480 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists); 2481 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2482 goto delmaster_out; 2483 } 2484 if( exists ){ 2485 /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists. 2486 ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If 2487 ** so, return without deleting the master journal file. 2488 */ 2489 int c; 2490 int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL); 2491 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0); 2492 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2493 goto delmaster_out; 2494 } 2495 2496 rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr); 2497 sqlite3OsClose(pJournal); 2498 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2499 goto delmaster_out; 2500 } 2501 2502 c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0; 2503 if( c ){ 2504 /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */ 2505 goto delmaster_out; 2506 } 2507 } 2508 zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1); 2509 } 2510 2511 sqlite3OsClose(pMaster); 2512 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0); 2513 2514 delmaster_out: 2515 sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal); 2516 if( pMaster ){ 2517 sqlite3OsClose(pMaster); 2518 assert( !isOpen(pJournal) ); 2519 sqlite3_free(pMaster); 2520 } 2521 return rc; 2522 } 2523 2524 2525 /* 2526 ** This function is used to change the actual size of the database 2527 ** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction, 2528 ** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal). 2529 ** 2530 ** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either 2531 ** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size 2532 ** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes). 2533 ** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS 2534 ** xTruncate() method to truncate it. 2535 ** 2536 ** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than 2537 ** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if 2538 ** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it 2539 ** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to 2540 ** the end of the new file instead. 2541 ** 2542 ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying 2543 ** the database file, return the error code to the caller. 2544 */ 2545 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ 2546 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 2547 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 2548 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER ); 2549 2550 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) 2551 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 2552 ){ 2553 i64 currentSize, newSize; 2554 int szPage = pPager->pageSize; 2555 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 2556 /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */ 2557 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, ¤tSize); 2558 newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage; 2559 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){ 2560 if( currentSize>newSize ){ 2561 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize); 2562 }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){ 2563 char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2564 memset(pTmp, 0, szPage); 2565 testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize ); 2566 testcase( (newSize-szPage) > currentSize ); 2567 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage); 2568 } 2569 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2570 pPager->dbFileSize = nPage; 2571 } 2572 } 2573 } 2574 return rc; 2575 } 2576 2577 /* 2578 ** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The 2579 ** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE. 2580 */ 2581 int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){ 2582 int iRet = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile); 2583 if( iRet<32 ){ 2584 iRet = 512; 2585 }else if( iRet>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){ 2586 assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 ); 2587 iRet = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE; 2588 } 2589 return iRet; 2590 } 2591 2592 /* 2593 ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given 2594 ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method 2595 ** of the open database file. The sector size will be used 2596 ** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and 2597 ** master journal pointers within created journal files. 2598 ** 2599 ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes. 2600 ** 2601 ** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is 2602 ** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if 2603 ** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it 2604 ** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE. 2605 ** 2606 ** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set 2607 ** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512). The purpose of 2608 ** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that 2609 ** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in 2610 ** that range. But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero 2611 ** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector 2612 ** size. For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format, 2613 ** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512. 2614 */ 2615 static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){ 2616 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); 2617 2618 if( pPager->tempFile 2619 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) & 2620 SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0 2621 ){ 2622 /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file 2623 ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize() 2624 ** call will segfault. */ 2625 pPager->sectorSize = 512; 2626 }else{ 2627 pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pPager->fd); 2628 } 2629 } 2630 2631 /* 2632 ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to 2633 ** the state it was in before we started making changes. 2634 ** 2635 ** The journal file format is as follows: 2636 ** 2637 ** (1) 8 byte prefix. A copy of aJournalMagic[]. 2638 ** (2) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records 2639 ** in the journal. If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the 2640 ** number of page records from the journal size. 2641 ** (3) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the 2642 ** sanity checksum. 2643 ** (4) 4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the 2644 ** database to during a rollback. 2645 ** (5) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size. The header 2646 ** is this many bytes in size. 2647 ** (6) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size. 2648 ** (7) zero padding out to the next sector size. 2649 ** (8) Zero or more pages instances, each as follows: 2650 ** + 4 byte page number. 2651 ** + pPager->pageSize bytes of data. 2652 ** + 4 byte checksum 2653 ** 2654 ** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above. 2655 ** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item. 2656 ** 2657 ** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec". nRec is the number of 2658 ** valid page entries in the journal. In most cases, you can compute the 2659 ** value of nRec from the size of the journal file. But if a power 2660 ** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the 2661 ** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but 2662 ** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk. In such a case, 2663 ** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large. For 2664 ** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header. 2665 ** 2666 ** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed 2667 ** from the file size. This value is used when the user selects the 2668 ** no-sync option for the journal. A power failure could lead to corruption 2669 ** in this case. But for things like temporary table (which will be 2670 ** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care. 2671 ** 2672 ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed 2673 ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled 2674 ** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file 2675 ** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had 2676 ** been encountered. 2677 ** 2678 ** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted 2679 ** and an error code is returned. 2680 ** 2681 ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal 2682 ** that might be a hot journal. Or, it could be that the journal is 2683 ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE. 2684 ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling 2685 ** back any content. If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is 2686 ** needed. 2687 */ 2688 static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){ 2689 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 2690 i64 szJ; /* Size of the journal file in bytes */ 2691 u32 nRec; /* Number of Records in the journal */ 2692 u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ 2693 Pgno mxPg = 0; /* Size of the original file in pages */ 2694 int rc; /* Result code of a subroutine */ 2695 int res = 1; /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */ 2696 char *zMaster = 0; /* Name of master journal file if any */ 2697 int needPagerReset; /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */ 2698 int nPlayback = 0; /* Total number of pages restored from journal */ 2699 2700 /* Figure out how many records are in the journal. Abort early if 2701 ** the journal is empty. 2702 */ 2703 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 2704 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ); 2705 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2706 goto end_playback; 2707 } 2708 2709 /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present. 2710 ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not 2711 ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be 2712 ** played back. 2713 ** 2714 ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that 2715 ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that 2716 ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c, 2717 ** mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value 2718 ** for pageSize. 2719 */ 2720 zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2721 rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); 2722 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){ 2723 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res); 2724 } 2725 zMaster = 0; 2726 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){ 2727 goto end_playback; 2728 } 2729 pPager->journalOff = 0; 2730 needPagerReset = isHot; 2731 2732 /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or 2733 ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error 2734 ** occurs. 2735 */ 2736 while( 1 ){ 2737 /* Read the next journal header from the journal file. If there are 2738 ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or 2739 ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it. 2740 ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back. 2741 */ 2742 rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg); 2743 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2744 if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ 2745 rc = SQLITE_OK; 2746 } 2747 goto end_playback; 2748 } 2749 2750 /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process 2751 ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal 2752 ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute 2753 ** the value of nRec based on this assumption. 2754 */ 2755 if( nRec==0xffffffff ){ 2756 assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ); 2757 nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); 2758 } 2759 2760 /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this 2761 ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means 2762 ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been 2763 ** synced to disk. Compute the number of pages based on the remaining 2764 ** size of the file. 2765 ** 2766 ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565. 2767 ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next 2768 ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back. But 2769 ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in 2770 ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional 2771 ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages 2772 ** should be computed based on the journal file size. 2773 */ 2774 if( nRec==0 && !isHot && 2775 pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){ 2776 nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); 2777 } 2778 2779 /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the 2780 ** database file back to its original size. 2781 */ 2782 if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){ 2783 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg); 2784 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2785 goto end_playback; 2786 } 2787 pPager->dbSize = mxPg; 2788 } 2789 2790 /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the 2791 ** database file and/or page cache. 2792 */ 2793 for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){ 2794 if( needPagerReset ){ 2795 pager_reset(pPager); 2796 needPagerReset = 0; 2797 } 2798 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0); 2799 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2800 nPlayback++; 2801 }else{ 2802 if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ 2803 pPager->journalOff = szJ; 2804 break; 2805 }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 2806 /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and 2807 ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was 2808 ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash. In that 2809 ** case, the database should have never been written in the 2810 ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */ 2811 rc = SQLITE_OK; 2812 goto end_playback; 2813 }else{ 2814 /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error 2815 ** code. This will cause the pager to enter the error state 2816 ** so that no further harm will be done. Perhaps the next 2817 ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database. 2818 */ 2819 goto end_playback; 2820 } 2821 } 2822 } 2823 } 2824 /*NOTREACHED*/ 2825 assert( 0 ); 2826 2827 end_playback: 2828 /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original 2829 ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the 2830 ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the 2831 ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified. 2832 */ 2833 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 2834 if( pPager->fd->pMethods ){ 2835 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0); 2836 } 2837 #endif 2838 2839 /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or 2840 ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but 2841 ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter 2842 ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive 2843 ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not 2844 ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency 2845 ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just 2846 ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now. 2847 */ 2848 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; 2849 2850 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2851 zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2852 rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); 2853 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 2854 } 2855 if( rc==SQLITE_OK 2856 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 2857 ){ 2858 rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, 0); 2859 } 2860 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2861 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0', 0); 2862 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 2863 } 2864 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){ 2865 /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success, 2866 ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal. 2867 */ 2868 rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster); 2869 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 2870 } 2871 if( isHot && nPlayback ){ 2872 sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK, "recovered %d pages from %s", 2873 nPlayback, pPager->zJournal); 2874 } 2875 2876 /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling 2877 ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size 2878 ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process. 2879 */ 2880 setSectorSize(pPager); 2881 return rc; 2882 } 2883 2884 2885 /* 2886 ** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file and into 2887 ** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database 2888 ** file before this function is called. 2889 ** 2890 ** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to 2891 ** the value read from the database file. 2892 ** 2893 ** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller. 2894 ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. 2895 */ 2896 static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg, u32 iFrame){ 2897 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */ 2898 Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno; /* Page number to read */ 2899 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 2900 int pgsz = pPager->pageSize; /* Number of bytes to read */ 2901 2902 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB ); 2903 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 2904 2905 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 2906 if( iFrame ){ 2907 /* Try to pull the page from the write-ahead log. */ 2908 rc = sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager->pWal, iFrame, pgsz, pPg->pData); 2909 }else 2910 #endif 2911 { 2912 i64 iOffset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; 2913 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pgsz, iOffset); 2914 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 2915 rc = SQLITE_OK; 2916 } 2917 } 2918 2919 if( pgno==1 ){ 2920 if( rc ){ 2921 /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something 2922 ** that will never be a valid file version. dbFileVers[] is a copy 2923 ** of bytes 24..39 of the database. Bytes 28..31 should always be 2924 ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39 2925 ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff. So filling 2926 ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice. 2927 ** 2928 ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex: bytes 2929 ** 24..39 of the database are white noise. But the probability of 2930 ** white noise equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so 2931 ** we should still be ok. 2932 */ 2933 memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 2934 }else{ 2935 u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24]; 2936 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 2937 } 2938 } 2939 CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM); 2940 2941 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count); 2942 PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead); 2943 IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); 2944 PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", 2945 PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg))); 2946 2947 return rc; 2948 } 2949 2950 /* 2951 ** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in 2952 ** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96. 2953 ** 2954 ** This is an unconditional update. See also the pager_incr_changecounter() 2955 ** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually 2956 ** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable. 2957 */ 2958 static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){ 2959 u32 change_counter; 2960 2961 /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */ 2962 change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1; 2963 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter); 2964 2965 /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in 2966 ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number 2967 ** is valid. */ 2968 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter); 2969 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER); 2970 } 2971 2972 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 2973 /* 2974 ** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been 2975 ** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back. 2976 ** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument 2977 ** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure. 2978 ** 2979 ** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references, 2980 ** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding 2981 ** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the 2982 ** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails, 2983 ** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. 2984 */ 2985 static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){ 2986 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 2987 Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx; 2988 PgHdr *pPg; 2989 2990 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 2991 pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg); 2992 if( pPg ){ 2993 if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){ 2994 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg); 2995 }else{ 2996 u32 iFrame = 0; 2997 rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pPg->pgno, &iFrame); 2998 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2999 rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame); 3000 } 3001 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3002 pPager->xReiniter(pPg); 3003 } 3004 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg); 3005 } 3006 } 3007 3008 /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are 3009 ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the 3010 ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as 3011 ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one 3012 ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore 3013 ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction, 3014 ** the backups must be restarted. 3015 */ 3016 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); 3017 3018 return rc; 3019 } 3020 3021 /* 3022 ** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database. 3023 */ 3024 static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){ 3025 int rc; /* Return Code */ 3026 PgHdr *pList; /* List of dirty pages to revert */ 3027 3028 /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already 3029 ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the 3030 ** following: 3031 ** 3032 ** + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or 3033 ** + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0). 3034 */ 3035 pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize; 3036 rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager); 3037 pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 3038 while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3039 PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty; 3040 rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno); 3041 pList = pNext; 3042 } 3043 3044 return rc; 3045 } 3046 3047 /* 3048 ** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging 3049 ** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty), 3050 ** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have 3051 ** changed. 3052 ** 3053 ** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number. 3054 ** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page. 3055 */ 3056 static int pagerWalFrames( 3057 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 3058 PgHdr *pList, /* List of frames to log */ 3059 Pgno nTruncate, /* Database size after this commit */ 3060 int isCommit /* True if this is a commit */ 3061 ){ 3062 int rc; /* Return code */ 3063 int nList; /* Number of pages in pList */ 3064 PgHdr *p; /* For looping over pages */ 3065 3066 assert( pPager->pWal ); 3067 assert( pList ); 3068 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 3069 /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */ 3070 for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){ 3071 assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno ); 3072 } 3073 #endif 3074 3075 assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit ); 3076 if( isCommit ){ 3077 /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing 3078 ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file. 3079 ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty 3080 ** list here. */ 3081 PgHdr **ppNext = &pList; 3082 nList = 0; 3083 for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){ 3084 if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){ 3085 ppNext = &p->pDirty; 3086 nList++; 3087 } 3088 } 3089 assert( pList ); 3090 }else{ 3091 nList = 1; 3092 } 3093 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList; 3094 3095 if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList); 3096 rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal, 3097 pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags 3098 ); 3099 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){ 3100 for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ 3101 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData); 3102 } 3103 } 3104 3105 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 3106 pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 3107 for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ 3108 pager_set_pagehash(p); 3109 } 3110 #endif 3111 3112 return rc; 3113 } 3114 3115 /* 3116 ** Begin a read transaction on the WAL. 3117 ** 3118 ** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially 3119 ** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves 3120 ** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by 3121 ** other writers or checkpointers. 3122 */ 3123 static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){ 3124 int rc; /* Return code */ 3125 int changed = 0; /* True if cache must be reset */ 3126 3127 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 3128 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 3129 3130 /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous 3131 ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE. So call it now. If we 3132 ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called, 3133 ** the duplicate call is harmless. 3134 */ 3135 sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal); 3136 3137 rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed); 3138 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){ 3139 pager_reset(pPager); 3140 if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); 3141 } 3142 3143 return rc; 3144 } 3145 #endif 3146 3147 /* 3148 ** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN 3149 ** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file 3150 ** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize). 3151 ** 3152 ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database 3153 ** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps 3154 ** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified. 3155 */ 3156 static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){ 3157 Pgno nPage; /* Value to return via *pnPage */ 3158 3159 /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize() 3160 ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or 3161 ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not 3162 ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or 3163 ** contains no valid committed transactions. 3164 */ 3165 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 3166 assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); 3167 nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal); 3168 3169 /* If the number of pages in the database is not available from the 3170 ** WAL sub-system, determine the page counte based on the size of 3171 ** the database file. If the size of the database file is not an 3172 ** integer multiple of the page-size, round up the result. 3173 */ 3174 if( nPage==0 ){ 3175 i64 n = 0; /* Size of db file in bytes */ 3176 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); 3177 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 3178 int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n); 3179 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 3180 return rc; 3181 } 3182 } 3183 nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize); 3184 } 3185 3186 /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the 3187 ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so 3188 ** that the file can be read. 3189 */ 3190 if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){ 3191 pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage; 3192 } 3193 3194 *pnPage = nPage; 3195 return SQLITE_OK; 3196 } 3197 3198 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 3199 /* 3200 ** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager 3201 ** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does 3202 ** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty. 3203 ** 3204 ** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager 3205 ** in WAL mode. If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and 3206 ** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to 3207 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL. 3208 ** 3209 ** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code. 3210 ** 3211 ** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this 3212 ** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete 3213 ** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition 3214 ** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some 3215 ** other connection. 3216 */ 3217 static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){ 3218 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3219 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 3220 assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); 3221 3222 if( !pPager->tempFile ){ 3223 int isWal; /* True if WAL file exists */ 3224 Pgno nPage; /* Size of the database file */ 3225 3226 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); 3227 if( rc ) return rc; 3228 if( nPage==0 ){ 3229 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0); 3230 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT ) rc = SQLITE_OK; 3231 isWal = 0; 3232 }else{ 3233 rc = sqlite3OsAccess( 3234 pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal 3235 ); 3236 } 3237 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3238 if( isWal ){ 3239 testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ); 3240 rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0); 3241 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){ 3242 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE; 3243 } 3244 } 3245 } 3246 return rc; 3247 } 3248 #endif 3249 3250 /* 3251 ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback 3252 ** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when 3253 ** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction 3254 ** savepoint. 3255 ** 3256 ** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is 3257 ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages, 3258 ** performed in the order specified: 3259 ** 3260 ** * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte 3261 ** offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to 3262 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal 3263 ** file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero. 3264 ** 3265 ** * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played 3266 ** back starting from the journal header immediately following 3267 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file. 3268 ** 3269 ** * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting 3270 ** with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of 3271 ** the journal file. 3272 ** 3273 ** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the 3274 ** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the 3275 ** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only 3276 ** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal. 3277 ** 3278 ** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main 3279 ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case. 3280 ** 3281 ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable 3282 ** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint 3283 ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value 3284 ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped. 3285 */ 3286 static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){ 3287 i64 szJ; /* Effective size of the main journal */ 3288 i64 iHdrOff; /* End of first segment of main-journal records */ 3289 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 3290 Bitvec *pDone = 0; /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */ 3291 3292 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 3293 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 3294 3295 /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */ 3296 if( pSavepoint ){ 3297 pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig); 3298 if( !pDone ){ 3299 return SQLITE_NOMEM; 3300 } 3301 } 3302 3303 /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint 3304 ** being reverted was opened. 3305 */ 3306 pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize; 3307 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; 3308 3309 if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 3310 return pagerRollbackWal(pPager); 3311 } 3312 3313 /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback 3314 ** journal. The actual file might be larger than this in 3315 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST. But anything 3316 ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us. 3317 */ 3318 szJ = pPager->journalOff; 3319 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 ); 3320 3321 /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at 3322 ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header. 3323 ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number 3324 ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those 3325 ** will be skipped automatically. Pages are added to pDone as they 3326 ** are played back. 3327 */ 3328 if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 3329 iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ; 3330 pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset; 3331 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){ 3332 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1); 3333 } 3334 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3335 }else{ 3336 pPager->journalOff = 0; 3337 } 3338 3339 /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at 3340 ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end 3341 ** of the main journal file. Continue to skip out-of-range pages and 3342 ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone. 3343 */ 3344 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){ 3345 u32 ii; /* Loop counter */ 3346 u32 nJRec = 0; /* Number of Journal Records */ 3347 u32 dummy; 3348 rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy); 3349 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3350 3351 /* 3352 ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff" 3353 ** test is related to ticket #2565. See the discussion in the 3354 ** pager_playback() function for additional information. 3355 */ 3356 if( nJRec==0 3357 && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff 3358 ){ 3359 nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); 3360 } 3361 for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){ 3362 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1); 3363 } 3364 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3365 } 3366 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ ); 3367 3368 /* Finally, rollback pages from the sub-journal. Page that were 3369 ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone) 3370 ** will be skipped. Out-of-range pages are also skipped. 3371 */ 3372 if( pSavepoint ){ 3373 u32 ii; /* Loop counter */ 3374 i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize); 3375 3376 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 3377 rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData); 3378 } 3379 for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){ 3380 assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) ); 3381 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1); 3382 } 3383 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3384 } 3385 3386 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone); 3387 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3388 pPager->journalOff = szJ; 3389 } 3390 3391 return rc; 3392 } 3393 3394 /* 3395 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed. 3396 */ 3397 void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ 3398 sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage); 3399 } 3400 3401 /* 3402 ** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap. 3403 */ 3404 static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager *pPager){ 3405 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 3406 sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd; 3407 if( isOpen(fd) && fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){ 3408 sqlite3_int64 sz; 3409 sz = pPager->szMmap; 3410 pPager->bUseFetch = (sz>0); 3411 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz); 3412 } 3413 #endif 3414 } 3415 3416 /* 3417 ** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file. 3418 */ 3419 void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){ 3420 pPager->szMmap = szMmap; 3421 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 3422 } 3423 3424 /* 3425 ** Free as much memory as possible from the pager. 3426 */ 3427 void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){ 3428 sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache); 3429 } 3430 3431 /* 3432 ** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter. 3433 ** 3434 ** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness 3435 ** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by 3436 ** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals. 3437 ** There are three levels: 3438 ** 3439 ** OFF sqlite3OsSync() is never called. This is the default 3440 ** for temporary and transient files. 3441 ** 3442 ** NORMAL The journal is synced once before writes begin on the 3443 ** database. This is normally adequate protection, but 3444 ** it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely, 3445 ** that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal 3446 ** in a state which would cause damage to the database 3447 ** when it is rolled back. 3448 ** 3449 ** FULL The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the 3450 ** database (with some additional information - the nRec field 3451 ** of the journal header - being written in between the two 3452 ** syncs). If we assume that writing a 3453 ** single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides 3454 ** assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the 3455 ** point of causing damage to the database during rollback. 3456 ** 3457 ** The above is for a rollback-journal mode. For WAL mode, OFF continues 3458 ** to mean that no syncs ever occur. NORMAL means that the WAL is synced 3459 ** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced 3460 ** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL 3461 ** was written back into the database. But no sync operations occur for 3462 ** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL. FULL means that the WAL 3463 ** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the 3464 ** syncs associated with NORMAL. 3465 ** 3466 ** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL. The 3467 ** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync 3468 ** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC). SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an 3469 ** ordinary fsync() call. There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL 3470 ** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX. But the 3471 ** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when 3472 ** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms. 3473 ** 3474 ** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2, 3475 ** and FULL=3. 3476 */ 3477 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS 3478 void sqlite3PagerSetFlags( 3479 Pager *pPager, /* The pager to set safety level for */ 3480 unsigned pgFlags /* Various flags */ 3481 ){ 3482 unsigned level = pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK; 3483 assert( level>=1 && level<=3 ); 3484 pPager->noSync = (level==1 || pPager->tempFile) ?1:0; 3485 pPager->fullSync = (level==3 && !pPager->tempFile) ?1:0; 3486 if( pPager->noSync ){ 3487 pPager->syncFlags = 0; 3488 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = 0; 3489 }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_FULLFSYNC ){ 3490 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; 3491 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; 3492 }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC ){ 3493 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 3494 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; 3495 }else{ 3496 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 3497 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 3498 } 3499 pPager->walSyncFlags = pPager->syncFlags; 3500 if( pPager->fullSync ){ 3501 pPager->walSyncFlags |= WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS; 3502 } 3503 if( pgFlags & PAGER_CACHESPILL ){ 3504 pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_OFF; 3505 }else{ 3506 pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_OFF; 3507 } 3508 } 3509 #endif 3510 3511 /* 3512 ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library 3513 ** attempts to open a temporary file. This information is used for 3514 ** testing and analysis only. 3515 */ 3516 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 3517 int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0; 3518 #endif 3519 3520 /* 3521 ** Open a temporary file. 3522 ** 3523 ** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success 3524 ** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically 3525 ** delete the temporary file when it is closed. 3526 ** 3527 ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified 3528 ** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following: 3529 ** 3530 ** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE 3531 ** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE 3532 ** SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE 3533 ** SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE 3534 */ 3535 static int pagerOpentemp( 3536 Pager *pPager, /* The pager object */ 3537 sqlite3_file *pFile, /* Write the file descriptor here */ 3538 int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to the VFS */ 3539 ){ 3540 int rc; /* Return code */ 3541 3542 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 3543 sqlite3_opentemp_count++; /* Used for testing and analysis only */ 3544 #endif 3545 3546 vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | 3547 SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE; 3548 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0); 3549 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) ); 3550 return rc; 3551 } 3552 3553 /* 3554 ** Set the busy handler function. 3555 ** 3556 ** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns 3557 ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock, 3558 ** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE 3559 ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from 3560 ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE 3561 ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary: 3562 ** 3563 ** Transition | Invokes xBusyHandler 3564 ** -------------------------------------------------------- 3565 ** NO_LOCK -> SHARED_LOCK | Yes 3566 ** SHARED_LOCK -> RESERVED_LOCK | No 3567 ** SHARED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | No 3568 ** RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | Yes 3569 ** 3570 ** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is 3571 ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is 3572 ** returned to the caller of the pager API function. 3573 */ 3574 void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler( 3575 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 3576 int (*xBusyHandler)(void *), /* Pointer to busy-handler function */ 3577 void *pBusyHandlerArg /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */ 3578 ){ 3579 pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler; 3580 pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg; 3581 3582 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 3583 void **ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler; 3584 assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler ); 3585 assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg ); 3586 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap); 3587 } 3588 } 3589 3590 /* 3591 ** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size 3592 ** is passed in *pPageSize. 3593 ** 3594 ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it 3595 ** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e. 3596 ** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL). 3597 ** 3598 ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true: 3599 ** 3600 ** * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power 3601 ** of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and 3602 ** 3603 ** * there are no outstanding page references, and 3604 ** 3605 ** * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is 3606 ** an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages. 3607 ** 3608 ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize. 3609 ** 3610 ** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc() 3611 ** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt 3612 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged. 3613 ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned. 3614 ** 3615 ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated 3616 ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this 3617 ** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed, 3618 ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning. 3619 */ 3620 int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){ 3621 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3622 3623 /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this 3624 ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state 3625 ** of the Pager object is internally consistent. 3626 ** 3627 ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in 3628 ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that 3629 ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function 3630 ** is a no-op for that case anyhow. 3631 */ 3632 3633 u32 pageSize = *pPageSize; 3634 assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) ); 3635 if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0) 3636 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 3637 && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize 3638 ){ 3639 char *pNew = NULL; /* New temp space */ 3640 i64 nByte = 0; 3641 3642 if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 3643 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte); 3644 } 3645 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3646 pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize); 3647 if( !pNew ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; 3648 } 3649 3650 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3651 pager_reset(pPager); 3652 rc = sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize); 3653 } 3654 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3655 sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace); 3656 pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew; 3657 pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize); 3658 pPager->pageSize = pageSize; 3659 }else{ 3660 sqlite3PageFree(pNew); 3661 } 3662 } 3663 3664 *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize; 3665 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3666 if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve; 3667 assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 ); 3668 pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve; 3669 pagerReportSize(pPager); 3670 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 3671 } 3672 return rc; 3673 } 3674 3675 /* 3676 ** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally 3677 ** by the pager. This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the 3678 ** entire content of a database page. This buffer is used internally 3679 ** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback 3680 ** occurs. But other modules are free to use it too, as long as 3681 ** no rollbacks are happening. 3682 */ 3683 void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){ 3684 return pPager->pTmpSpace; 3685 } 3686 3687 /* 3688 ** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive. 3689 ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative. And never reduce the 3690 ** maximum page count below the current size of the database. 3691 ** 3692 ** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count. 3693 */ 3694 int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ 3695 if( mxPage>0 ){ 3696 pPager->mxPgno = mxPage; 3697 } 3698 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ); /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */ 3699 assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize ); /* OP_MaxPgcnt enforces this */ 3700 return pPager->mxPgno; 3701 } 3702 3703 /* 3704 ** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated 3705 ** I/O error mechanism. These routines are used to avoid simulated 3706 ** errors in places where we do not care about errors. 3707 ** 3708 ** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops 3709 ** and generate no code. 3710 */ 3711 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 3712 extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending; 3713 extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit; 3714 static int saved_cnt; 3715 void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){ 3716 saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending; 3717 sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1; 3718 } 3719 void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){ 3720 sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt; 3721 } 3722 #else 3723 # define disable_simulated_io_errors() 3724 # define enable_simulated_io_errors() 3725 #endif 3726 3727 /* 3728 ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory 3729 ** that pDest points to. 3730 ** 3731 ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or 3732 ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is 3733 ** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this 3734 ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or 3735 ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes. 3736 ** 3737 ** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered, 3738 ** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the 3739 ** output buffer undefined. 3740 */ 3741 int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){ 3742 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3743 memset(pDest, 0, N); 3744 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); 3745 3746 /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating 3747 ** the Pager object. There has not been an opportunity to transition 3748 ** to WAL mode yet. 3749 */ 3750 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 3751 3752 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 3753 IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N)) 3754 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0); 3755 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 3756 rc = SQLITE_OK; 3757 } 3758 } 3759 return rc; 3760 } 3761 3762 /* 3763 ** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on 3764 ** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database. 3765 ** 3766 ** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then 3767 ** this is considered a 1 page file. 3768 */ 3769 void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){ 3770 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); 3771 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ); 3772 *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize; 3773 } 3774 3775 3776 /* 3777 ** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If 3778 ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op 3779 ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately). 3780 ** 3781 ** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke 3782 ** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat 3783 ** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to 3784 ** obtain the lock succeeds. 3785 ** 3786 ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain 3787 ** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state 3788 ** variable to locktype before returning. 3789 */ 3790 static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){ 3791 int rc; /* Return code */ 3792 3793 /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is 3794 ** already held), or one of the transitions that the busy-handler 3795 ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above 3796 ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(). 3797 */ 3798 assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype) 3799 || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK) 3800 || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) 3801 ); 3802 3803 do { 3804 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype); 3805 }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) ); 3806 return rc; 3807 } 3808 3809 /* 3810 ** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the 3811 ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache: 3812 ** 3813 ** a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the 3814 ** current database image, in pages, OR 3815 ** 3816 ** b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not 3817 ** be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal 3818 ** (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()). 3819 ** 3820 ** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the 3821 ** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress() 3822 ** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to 3823 ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after 3824 ** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current 3825 ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either 3826 ** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and 3827 ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the 3828 ** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that 3829 ** this circumstance cannot arise. 3830 */ 3831 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) 3832 static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){ 3833 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); 3834 assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize ); 3835 } 3836 static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){ 3837 sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb); 3838 } 3839 #else 3840 # define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) 3841 #endif 3842 3843 /* 3844 ** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This 3845 ** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It 3846 ** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the 3847 ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed. 3848 ** 3849 ** This function is only called right before committing a transaction. 3850 ** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be 3851 ** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and 3852 ** then continue writing to the database. 3853 */ 3854 void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ 3855 assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage ); 3856 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ); 3857 pPager->dbSize = nPage; 3858 3859 /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to 3860 ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are, 3861 ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint 3862 ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled 3863 ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only 3864 ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the 3865 ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0), 3866 ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call 3867 ** is no longer correct. */ 3868 } 3869 3870 3871 /* 3872 ** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It 3873 ** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the 3874 ** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows 3875 ** that the entire journal file has been synced. 3876 ** 3877 ** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures 3878 ** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that 3879 ** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal 3880 ** content as this process. 3881 ** 3882 ** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, 3883 ** an SQLite error code. 3884 */ 3885 static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){ 3886 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3887 if( !pPager->noSync ){ 3888 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL); 3889 } 3890 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3891 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr); 3892 } 3893 return rc; 3894 } 3895 3896 /* 3897 ** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno. 3898 ** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch(). 3899 ** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference 3900 ** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set 3901 ** *ppPage to zero. 3902 ** 3903 ** Page references obtained by calling this function should be released 3904 ** by calling pagerReleaseMapPage(). 3905 */ 3906 static int pagerAcquireMapPage( 3907 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 3908 Pgno pgno, /* Page number */ 3909 void *pData, /* xFetch()'d data for this page */ 3910 PgHdr **ppPage /* OUT: Acquired page object */ 3911 ){ 3912 PgHdr *p; /* Memory mapped page to return */ 3913 3914 if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){ 3915 *ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist; 3916 pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty; 3917 p->pDirty = 0; 3918 memset(p->pExtra, 0, pPager->nExtra); 3919 }else{ 3920 *ppPage = p = (PgHdr *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr) + pPager->nExtra); 3921 if( p==0 ){ 3922 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pData); 3923 return SQLITE_NOMEM; 3924 } 3925 p->pExtra = (void *)&p[1]; 3926 p->flags = PGHDR_MMAP; 3927 p->nRef = 1; 3928 p->pPager = pPager; 3929 } 3930 3931 assert( p->pExtra==(void *)&p[1] ); 3932 assert( p->pPage==0 ); 3933 assert( p->flags==PGHDR_MMAP ); 3934 assert( p->pPager==pPager ); 3935 assert( p->nRef==1 ); 3936 3937 p->pgno = pgno; 3938 p->pData = pData; 3939 pPager->nMmapOut++; 3940 3941 return SQLITE_OK; 3942 } 3943 3944 /* 3945 ** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an 3946 ** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage(). 3947 */ 3948 static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 3949 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 3950 pPager->nMmapOut--; 3951 pPg->pDirty = pPager->pMmapFreelist; 3952 pPager->pMmapFreelist = pPg; 3953 3954 assert( pPager->fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ); 3955 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pPg->pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pPg->pData); 3956 } 3957 3958 /* 3959 ** Free all PgHdr objects stored in the Pager.pMmapFreelist list. 3960 */ 3961 static void pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager *pPager){ 3962 PgHdr *p; 3963 PgHdr *pNext; 3964 for(p=pPager->pMmapFreelist; p; p=pNext){ 3965 pNext = p->pDirty; 3966 sqlite3_free(p); 3967 } 3968 } 3969 3970 3971 /* 3972 ** Shutdown the page cache. Free all memory and close all files. 3973 ** 3974 ** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that 3975 ** transaction is rolled back. All outstanding pages are invalidated 3976 ** and their memory is freed. Any attempt to use a page associated 3977 ** with this page cache after this function returns will likely 3978 ** result in a coredump. 3979 ** 3980 ** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt 3981 ** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback 3982 ** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned 3983 ** to the caller. 3984 */ 3985 int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager){ 3986 u8 *pTmp = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace; 3987 3988 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 3989 disable_simulated_io_errors(); 3990 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 3991 pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager); 3992 /* pPager->errCode = 0; */ 3993 pPager->exclusiveMode = 0; 3994 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 3995 sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, pTmp); 3996 pPager->pWal = 0; 3997 #endif 3998 pager_reset(pPager); 3999 if( MEMDB ){ 4000 pager_unlock(pPager); 4001 }else{ 4002 /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback. 4003 ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal 4004 ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs 4005 ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt. 4006 ** 4007 ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager 4008 ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the 4009 ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it 4010 ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal 4011 ** rollback before accessing the database file. 4012 */ 4013 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 4014 pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager)); 4015 } 4016 pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager); 4017 } 4018 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 4019 enable_simulated_io_errors(); 4020 PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 4021 IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager)) 4022 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 4023 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd); 4024 sqlite3PageFree(pTmp); 4025 sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache); 4026 4027 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 4028 if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec); 4029 #endif 4030 4031 assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal ); 4032 assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ); 4033 4034 sqlite3_free(pPager); 4035 return SQLITE_OK; 4036 } 4037 4038 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) 4039 /* 4040 ** Return the page number for page pPg. 4041 */ 4042 Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){ 4043 return pPg->pgno; 4044 } 4045 #endif 4046 4047 /* 4048 ** Increment the reference count for page pPg. 4049 */ 4050 void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){ 4051 sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg); 4052 } 4053 4054 /* 4055 ** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have 4056 ** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the 4057 ** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback. 4058 ** 4059 ** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op. 4060 ** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the 4061 ** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows: 4062 ** 4063 ** * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need 4064 ** be taken. 4065 ** 4066 ** * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property, 4067 ** then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header 4068 ** is updated to contain the number of journal records that have 4069 ** been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync 4070 ** mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated. 4071 ** 4072 ** * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then 4073 ** journal file is synced. 4074 ** 4075 ** Or, in pseudo-code: 4076 ** 4077 ** if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){ 4078 ** if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){ 4079 ** if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>); 4080 ** <update nRec field> 4081 ** } 4082 ** if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>); 4083 ** } 4084 ** 4085 ** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every 4086 ** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO 4087 ** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller. 4088 */ 4089 static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){ 4090 int rc; /* Return code */ 4091 4092 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 4093 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 4094 ); 4095 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4096 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 4097 4098 rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager); 4099 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4100 4101 if( !pPager->noSync ){ 4102 assert( !pPager->tempFile ); 4103 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ 4104 const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); 4105 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 4106 4107 if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ 4108 /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection 4109 ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal 4110 ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger 4111 ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal 4112 ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the 4113 ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure 4114 ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes 4115 ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its 4116 ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the 4117 ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all 4118 ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old, 4119 ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption. 4120 ** 4121 ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain 4122 ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00 4123 ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized. 4124 ** 4125 ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this 4126 ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used 4127 ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of 4128 ** the potential journal header. 4129 */ 4130 i64 iNextHdrOffset; 4131 u8 aMagic[8]; 4132 u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4]; 4133 4134 memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); 4135 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec); 4136 4137 iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 4138 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset); 4139 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){ 4140 static const u8 zerobyte = 0; 4141 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset); 4142 } 4143 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 4144 return rc; 4145 } 4146 4147 /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in 4148 ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that 4149 ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark 4150 ** it as a candidate for rollback. 4151 ** 4152 ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the 4153 ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible 4154 ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field 4155 ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written 4156 ** and never needs to be updated. 4157 */ 4158 if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){ 4159 PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 4160 IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) 4161 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags); 4162 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4163 } 4164 IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr)); 4165 rc = sqlite3OsWrite( 4166 pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr 4167 ); 4168 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4169 } 4170 if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){ 4171 PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 4172 IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) 4173 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags| 4174 (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0) 4175 ); 4176 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4177 } 4178 4179 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff; 4180 if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ 4181 pPager->nRec = 0; 4182 rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); 4183 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4184 } 4185 }else{ 4186 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff; 4187 } 4188 } 4189 4190 /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just 4191 ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on 4192 ** all pages. 4193 */ 4194 sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache); 4195 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD; 4196 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4197 return SQLITE_OK; 4198 } 4199 4200 /* 4201 ** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected 4202 ** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the 4203 ** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may 4204 ** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is 4205 ** a no-op. 4206 ** 4207 ** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function 4208 ** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock 4209 ** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained, 4210 ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file. 4211 ** 4212 ** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file 4213 ** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is 4214 ** written out. 4215 ** 4216 ** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened, 4217 ** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing 4218 ** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria: 4219 ** 4220 ** * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or 4221 ** * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page. 4222 ** 4223 ** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize 4224 ** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached 4225 ** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in 4226 ** the database file. 4227 ** 4228 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error 4229 ** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot 4230 ** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned. 4231 */ 4232 static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){ 4233 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 4234 4235 /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */ 4236 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 4237 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ); 4238 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 4239 4240 /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It 4241 ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch 4242 ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files. 4243 */ 4244 if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 4245 assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK ); 4246 rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags); 4247 } 4248 4249 /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final 4250 ** file size will be. 4251 */ 4252 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 4253 if( rc==SQLITE_OK 4254 && pPager->dbHintSize<pPager->dbSize 4255 && (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize) 4256 ){ 4257 sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize; 4258 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile); 4259 pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize; 4260 } 4261 4262 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){ 4263 Pgno pgno = pList->pgno; 4264 4265 /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater 4266 ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to 4267 ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write 4268 ** any such pages to the file. 4269 ** 4270 ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag 4271 ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()). 4272 */ 4273 if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){ 4274 i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; /* Offset to write */ 4275 char *pData; /* Data to write */ 4276 4277 assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 ); 4278 if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList); 4279 4280 /* Encode the database */ 4281 CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData); 4282 4283 /* Write out the page data. */ 4284 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset); 4285 4286 /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match 4287 ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this 4288 ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize. 4289 */ 4290 if( pgno==1 ){ 4291 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 4292 } 4293 if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){ 4294 pPager->dbFileSize = pgno; 4295 } 4296 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++; 4297 4298 /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */ 4299 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData); 4300 4301 PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", 4302 PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList))); 4303 IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); 4304 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count); 4305 }else{ 4306 PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno)); 4307 } 4308 pager_set_pagehash(pList); 4309 pList = pList->pDirty; 4310 } 4311 4312 return rc; 4313 } 4314 4315 /* 4316 ** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this 4317 ** function is a no-op. 4318 ** 4319 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An 4320 ** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen() 4321 ** fails. 4322 */ 4323 static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){ 4324 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4325 if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ 4326 if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){ 4327 sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->sjfd); 4328 }else{ 4329 rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->sjfd, SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL); 4330 } 4331 } 4332 return rc; 4333 } 4334 4335 /* 4336 ** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal. 4337 ** 4338 ** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs 4339 ** for all open savepoints before returning. 4340 ** 4341 ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO 4342 ** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or 4343 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint 4344 ** bitvec. 4345 */ 4346 static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 4347 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4348 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 4349 if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 4350 4351 /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */ 4352 assert( pPager->useJournal ); 4353 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 4354 assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 ); 4355 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) 4356 || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) 4357 || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize 4358 ); 4359 rc = openSubJournal(pPager); 4360 4361 /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open), 4362 ** write the journal record into the file. */ 4363 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4364 void *pData = pPg->pData; 4365 i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize); 4366 char *pData2; 4367 4368 CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2); 4369 PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno)); 4370 rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno); 4371 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4372 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4); 4373 } 4374 } 4375 } 4376 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4377 pPager->nSubRec++; 4378 assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ); 4379 rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno); 4380 } 4381 return rc; 4382 } 4383 static int subjournalPageIfRequired(PgHdr *pPg){ 4384 if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){ 4385 return subjournalPage(pPg); 4386 }else{ 4387 return SQLITE_OK; 4388 } 4389 } 4390 4391 /* 4392 ** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some 4393 ** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object 4394 ** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory 4395 ** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is 4396 ** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page 4397 ** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first 4398 ** argument. 4399 ** 4400 ** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents 4401 ** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the 4402 ** journal file. 4403 ** 4404 ** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and 4405 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the 4406 ** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be 4407 ** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK 4408 ** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called. 4409 */ 4410 static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){ 4411 Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p; 4412 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4413 4414 assert( pPg->pPager==pPager ); 4415 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); 4416 4417 /* The doNotSpill NOSYNC bit is set during times when doing a sync of 4418 ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed. This occurs 4419 ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple 4420 ** pages belonging to the same sector. 4421 ** 4422 ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling 4423 ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required. This is set during 4424 ** a rollback or by user request, respectively. 4425 ** 4426 ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could 4427 ** lead to database corruption. In the current implementation it 4428 ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==3 4429 ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to 4430 ** be called in the error state. Nevertheless, we include a NEVER() 4431 ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes. 4432 */ 4433 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK; 4434 testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK ); 4435 testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_OFF ); 4436 testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC ); 4437 if( pPager->doNotSpill 4438 && ((pPager->doNotSpill & (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK|SPILLFLAG_OFF))!=0 4439 || (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0) 4440 ){ 4441 return SQLITE_OK; 4442 } 4443 4444 pPg->pDirty = 0; 4445 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 4446 /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */ 4447 rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); 4448 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4449 rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0); 4450 } 4451 }else{ 4452 4453 /* Sync the journal file if required. */ 4454 if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 4455 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 4456 ){ 4457 rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1); 4458 } 4459 4460 /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */ 4461 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4462 assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 ); 4463 rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg); 4464 } 4465 } 4466 4467 /* Mark the page as clean. */ 4468 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4469 PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno)); 4470 sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg); 4471 } 4472 4473 return pager_error(pPager, rc); 4474 } 4475 4476 4477 /* 4478 ** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it 4479 ** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it 4480 ** to sqlite3PagerClose(). 4481 ** 4482 ** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open. 4483 ** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created 4484 ** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted 4485 ** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then 4486 ** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk. 4487 ** This can be used to implement an in-memory database. 4488 ** 4489 ** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated 4490 ** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user 4491 ** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API. 4492 ** 4493 ** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the 4494 ** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination 4495 ** of the PAGER_* flags. 4496 ** 4497 ** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter 4498 ** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files. 4499 ** 4500 ** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened 4501 ** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to 4502 ** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL 4503 ** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM 4504 ** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or 4505 ** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors. 4506 */ 4507 int sqlite3PagerOpen( 4508 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The virtual file system to use */ 4509 Pager **ppPager, /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */ 4510 const char *zFilename, /* Name of the database file to open */ 4511 int nExtra, /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */ 4512 int flags, /* flags controlling this file */ 4513 int vfsFlags, /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ 4514 void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */ 4515 ){ 4516 u8 *pPtr; 4517 Pager *pPager = 0; /* Pager object to allocate and return */ 4518 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 4519 int tempFile = 0; /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */ 4520 int memDb = 0; /* True if this is an in-memory file */ 4521 int readOnly = 0; /* True if this is a read-only file */ 4522 int journalFileSize; /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */ 4523 char *zPathname = 0; /* Full path to database file */ 4524 int nPathname = 0; /* Number of bytes in zPathname */ 4525 int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */ 4526 int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize(); /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */ 4527 u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; /* Default page size */ 4528 const char *zUri = 0; /* URI args to copy */ 4529 int nUri = 0; /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */ 4530 4531 /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle 4532 ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal). This 4533 ** is the maximum space required for an in-memory journal file handle 4534 ** and a regular journal file-handle. Note that a "regular journal-handle" 4535 ** may be a wrapper capable of caching the first portion of the journal 4536 ** file in memory to implement the atomic-write optimization (see 4537 ** source file journal.c). 4538 */ 4539 if( sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)>sqlite3MemJournalSize() ){ 4540 journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)); 4541 }else{ 4542 journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3MemJournalSize()); 4543 } 4544 4545 /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */ 4546 *ppPager = 0; 4547 4548 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB 4549 if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){ 4550 memDb = 1; 4551 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ 4552 zPathname = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename); 4553 if( zPathname==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; 4554 nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname); 4555 zFilename = 0; 4556 } 4557 } 4558 #endif 4559 4560 /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed 4561 ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file, 4562 ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0. 4563 */ 4564 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ 4565 const char *z; 4566 nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1; 4567 zPathname = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname*2); 4568 if( zPathname==0 ){ 4569 return SQLITE_NOMEM; 4570 } 4571 zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */ 4572 rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname); 4573 nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname); 4574 z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1]; 4575 while( *z ){ 4576 z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1; 4577 z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1; 4578 } 4579 nUri = (int)(&z[1] - zUri); 4580 assert( nUri>=0 ); 4581 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){ 4582 /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by 4583 ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname 4584 ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened, 4585 ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even 4586 ** check for a hot-journal before reading. 4587 */ 4588 rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; 4589 } 4590 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 4591 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); 4592 return rc; 4593 } 4594 } 4595 4596 /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the 4597 ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal 4598 ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows: 4599 ** 4600 ** Pager object (sizeof(Pager) bytes) 4601 ** PCache object (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes) 4602 ** Database file handle (pVfs->szOsFile bytes) 4603 ** Sub-journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes) 4604 ** Main journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes) 4605 ** Database file name (nPathname+1 bytes) 4606 ** Journal file name (nPathname+8+1 bytes) 4607 */ 4608 pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero( 4609 ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) + /* Pager structure */ 4610 ROUND8(pcacheSize) + /* PCache object */ 4611 ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) + /* The main db file */ 4612 journalFileSize * 2 + /* The two journal files */ 4613 nPathname + 1 + nUri + /* zFilename */ 4614 nPathname + 8 + 2 /* zJournal */ 4615 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 4616 + nPathname + 4 + 2 /* zWal */ 4617 #endif 4618 ); 4619 assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) ); 4620 if( !pPtr ){ 4621 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); 4622 return SQLITE_NOMEM; 4623 } 4624 pPager = (Pager*)(pPtr); 4625 pPager->pPCache = (PCache*)(pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager))); 4626 pPager->fd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize)); 4627 pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile)); 4628 pPager->jfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += journalFileSize); 4629 pPager->zFilename = (char*)(pPtr += journalFileSize); 4630 assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) ); 4631 4632 /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */ 4633 if( zPathname ){ 4634 assert( nPathname>0 ); 4635 pPager->zJournal = (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1 + nUri); 4636 memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname); 4637 if( nUri ) memcpy(&pPager->zFilename[nPathname+1], zUri, nUri); 4638 memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname); 4639 memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal\000", 8+2); 4640 sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zJournal); 4641 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 4642 pPager->zWal = &pPager->zJournal[nPathname+8+1]; 4643 memcpy(pPager->zWal, zPathname, nPathname); 4644 memcpy(&pPager->zWal[nPathname], "-wal\000", 4+1); 4645 sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zWal); 4646 #endif 4647 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); 4648 } 4649 pPager->pVfs = pVfs; 4650 pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags; 4651 4652 /* Open the pager file. 4653 */ 4654 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ 4655 int fout = 0; /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */ 4656 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout); 4657 assert( !memDb ); 4658 readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); 4659 4660 /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access, 4661 ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the 4662 ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of: 4663 ** 4664 ** + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE, 4665 ** + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize() 4666 ** + The largest page size that can be written atomically. 4667 */ 4668 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4669 int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); 4670 if( !readOnly ){ 4671 setSectorSize(pPager); 4672 assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE); 4673 if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){ 4674 if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){ 4675 szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; 4676 }else{ 4677 szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize; 4678 } 4679 } 4680 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 4681 { 4682 int ii; 4683 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8)); 4684 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8)); 4685 assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536); 4686 for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){ 4687 if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){ 4688 szPageDflt = ii; 4689 } 4690 } 4691 } 4692 #endif 4693 } 4694 pPager->noLock = sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "nolock", 0); 4695 if( (iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE)!=0 4696 || sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "immutable", 0) ){ 4697 vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY; 4698 goto act_like_temp_file; 4699 } 4700 } 4701 }else{ 4702 /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately. 4703 ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually 4704 ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite(). 4705 ** 4706 ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory 4707 ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to 4708 ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal. 4709 ** 4710 ** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable. 4711 */ 4712 act_like_temp_file: 4713 tempFile = 1; 4714 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; /* Pretend we already have a lock */ 4715 pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK; /* Pretend we are in EXCLUSIVE mode */ 4716 pPager->noLock = 1; /* Do no locking */ 4717 readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); 4718 } 4719 4720 /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of 4721 ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. 4722 */ 4723 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4724 assert( pPager->memDb==0 ); 4725 rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1); 4726 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 4727 } 4728 4729 /* Initialize the PCache object. */ 4730 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4731 assert( nExtra<1000 ); 4732 nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra); 4733 rc = sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb, 4734 !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache); 4735 } 4736 4737 /* If an error occurred above, free the Pager structure and close the file. 4738 */ 4739 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 4740 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd); 4741 sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace); 4742 sqlite3_free(pPager); 4743 return rc; 4744 } 4745 4746 PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename)); 4747 IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename)) 4748 4749 pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal; 4750 /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */ 4751 /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */ 4752 /* pPager->nRef = 0; */ 4753 /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */ 4754 /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */ 4755 /* pPager->nPage = 0; */ 4756 pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT; 4757 /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */ 4758 /* pPager->errMask = 0; */ 4759 pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile; 4760 assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 4761 || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); 4762 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 ); 4763 pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile; 4764 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; 4765 pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb; 4766 pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly; 4767 assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile ); 4768 pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile; 4769 if( pPager->noSync ){ 4770 assert( pPager->fullSync==0 ); 4771 assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 ); 4772 assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 ); 4773 assert( pPager->ckptSyncFlags==0 ); 4774 }else{ 4775 pPager->fullSync = 1; 4776 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 4777 pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS; 4778 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 4779 } 4780 /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */ 4781 /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */ 4782 /* pPager->pLast = 0; */ 4783 pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra; 4784 pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT; 4785 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile ); 4786 setSectorSize(pPager); 4787 if( !useJournal ){ 4788 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF; 4789 }else if( memDb ){ 4790 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY; 4791 } 4792 /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */ 4793 /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */ 4794 pPager->xReiniter = xReinit; 4795 /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */ 4796 /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */ 4797 4798 *ppPager = pPager; 4799 return SQLITE_OK; 4800 } 4801 4802 4803 /* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from 4804 ** under the pager. Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still were it ought 4805 ** to be on disk. Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error 4806 ** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing. 4807 */ 4808 static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager *pPager){ 4809 int bHasMoved = 0; 4810 int rc; 4811 4812 if( pPager->tempFile ) return SQLITE_OK; 4813 if( pPager->dbSize==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; 4814 assert( pPager->zFilename && pPager->zFilename[0] ); 4815 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED, &bHasMoved); 4816 if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){ 4817 /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file 4818 ** has not been moved. That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to 4819 ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */ 4820 rc = SQLITE_OK; 4821 }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bHasMoved ){ 4822 rc = SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED; 4823 } 4824 return rc; 4825 } 4826 4827 4828 /* 4829 ** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to 4830 ** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in 4831 ** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that 4832 ** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal 4833 ** file exists if the following criteria are met: 4834 ** 4835 ** * The journal file exists in the file system, and 4836 ** * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and 4837 ** * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and 4838 ** * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00. 4839 ** 4840 ** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file 4841 ** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior 4842 ** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is 4843 ** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK 4844 ** is returned. 4845 ** 4846 ** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename 4847 ** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file 4848 ** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this 4849 ** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback() 4850 ** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and 4851 ** will not roll it back. 4852 ** 4853 ** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and 4854 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is 4855 ** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying 4856 ** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error 4857 ** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined. 4858 */ 4859 static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){ 4860 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 4861 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 4862 int exists = 1; /* True if a journal file is present */ 4863 int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd); 4864 4865 assert( pPager->useJournal ); 4866 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 4867 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 4868 4869 assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) & 4870 SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN 4871 )); 4872 4873 *pExists = 0; 4874 if( !jrnlOpen ){ 4875 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists); 4876 } 4877 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){ 4878 int locked = 0; /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */ 4879 4880 /* Race condition here: Another process might have been holding the 4881 ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess() 4882 ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before 4883 ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call. If that 4884 ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when 4885 ** in fact there is none. This results in a false-positive which will 4886 ** be dealt with by the playback routine. Ticket #3883. 4887 */ 4888 rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked); 4889 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){ 4890 Pgno nPage; /* Number of pages in database file */ 4891 4892 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); 4893 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4894 /* If the database is zero pages in size, that means that either (1) the 4895 ** journal is a remnant from a prior database with the same name where 4896 ** the database file but not the journal was deleted, or (2) the initial 4897 ** transaction that populates a new database is being rolled back. 4898 ** In either case, the journal file can be deleted. However, take care 4899 ** not to delete the journal file if it is already open due to 4900 ** journal_mode=PERSIST. 4901 */ 4902 if( nPage==0 && !jrnlOpen ){ 4903 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 4904 if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){ 4905 sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); 4906 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 4907 } 4908 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 4909 }else{ 4910 /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved 4911 ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is 4912 ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file. 4913 ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not, 4914 ** it can be ignored. 4915 */ 4916 if( !jrnlOpen ){ 4917 int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; 4918 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f); 4919 } 4920 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4921 u8 first = 0; 4922 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0); 4923 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 4924 rc = SQLITE_OK; 4925 } 4926 if( !jrnlOpen ){ 4927 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 4928 } 4929 *pExists = (first!=0); 4930 }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){ 4931 /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if 4932 ** it has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or 4933 ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in 4934 ** ticket #3883. Either way, assume that the journal is hot. 4935 ** This might be a false positive. But if it is, then the 4936 ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal 4937 ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to 4938 ** worry so much with race conditions. 4939 */ 4940 *pExists = 1; 4941 rc = SQLITE_OK; 4942 } 4943 } 4944 } 4945 } 4946 } 4947 4948 return rc; 4949 } 4950 4951 /* 4952 ** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file. 4953 ** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerAcquire() until after this function 4954 ** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when 4955 ** this function is called, it is a no-op. 4956 ** 4957 ** The following operations are also performed by this function. 4958 ** 4959 ** 1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held 4960 ** on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a 4961 ** SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining 4962 ** the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal, 4963 ** which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal 4964 ** rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking 4965 ** the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and 4966 ** discarded if they are found to be invalid. 4967 ** 4968 ** 2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently 4969 ** no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state, 4970 ** then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding 4971 ** the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal 4972 ** file. 4973 ** 4974 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error 4975 ** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or 4976 ** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned. 4977 */ 4978 int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){ 4979 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 4980 4981 /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no 4982 ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either 4983 ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in 4984 ** exclusive access mode. 4985 */ 4986 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ); 4987 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4988 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 4989 if( NEVER(MEMDB && pPager->errCode) ){ return pPager->errCode; } 4990 4991 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){ 4992 int bHotJournal = 1; /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */ 4993 4994 assert( !MEMDB ); 4995 4996 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 4997 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 4998 assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 4999 goto failed; 5000 } 5001 5002 /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the 5003 ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted. 5004 */ 5005 if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){ 5006 rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal); 5007 } 5008 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5009 goto failed; 5010 } 5011 if( bHotJournal ){ 5012 if( pPager->readOnly ){ 5013 rc = SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK; 5014 goto failed; 5015 } 5016 5017 /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is 5018 ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the 5019 ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the 5020 ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the 5021 ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the 5022 ** hot-journal back. 5023 ** 5024 ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any 5025 ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to 5026 ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock 5027 ** on the database file. 5028 ** 5029 ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is 5030 ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns. 5031 */ 5032 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 5033 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5034 goto failed; 5035 } 5036 5037 /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the 5038 ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because 5039 ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open 5040 ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access 5041 ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist 5042 ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems). 5043 ** 5044 ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some 5045 ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before 5046 ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it 5047 ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this 5048 ** function was called and the journal file does not exist. 5049 */ 5050 if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 5051 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 5052 int bExists; /* True if journal file exists */ 5053 rc = sqlite3OsAccess( 5054 pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists); 5055 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){ 5056 int fout = 0; 5057 int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; 5058 assert( !pPager->tempFile ); 5059 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout); 5060 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 5061 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){ 5062 rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; 5063 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 5064 } 5065 } 5066 } 5067 5068 /* Playback and delete the journal. Drop the database write 5069 ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before 5070 ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with 5071 ** an inconsistent cache. Sync the hot journal before playing 5072 ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal 5073 ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync 5074 ** the journal before playing it back. 5075 */ 5076 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 5077 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5078 rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager); 5079 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5080 rc = pager_playback(pPager, 1); 5081 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 5082 } 5083 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 5084 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 5085 } 5086 5087 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5088 /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open 5089 ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The 5090 ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock 5091 ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be 5092 ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for 5093 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation). 5094 ** 5095 ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to 5096 ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition 5097 ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file, 5098 ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very 5099 ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling 5100 ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible 5101 ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page 5102 ** references. 5103 */ 5104 pager_error(pPager, rc); 5105 goto failed; 5106 } 5107 5108 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 5109 assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK) 5110 || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK) 5111 ); 5112 } 5113 5114 if( !pPager->tempFile && pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ){ 5115 /* The shared-lock has just been acquired then check to 5116 ** see if the database has been modified. If the database has changed, 5117 ** flush the cache. The hasHeldSharedLock flag prevents this from 5118 ** occurring on the very first access to a file, in order to save a 5119 ** single unnecessary sqlite3OsRead() call at the start-up. 5120 ** 5121 ** Database changes are detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning 5122 ** at offset 24 into the file. The first 4 of these 16 bytes are 5123 ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change. The 5124 ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when 5125 ** a codec is in use. 5126 ** 5127 ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be 5128 ** detected. The chance of an undetected change is so small that 5129 ** it can be neglected. 5130 */ 5131 Pgno nPage = 0; 5132 char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)]; 5133 5134 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); 5135 if( rc ) goto failed; 5136 5137 if( nPage>0 ){ 5138 IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers))); 5139 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24); 5140 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 5141 goto failed; 5142 } 5143 }else{ 5144 memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers)); 5145 } 5146 5147 if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){ 5148 pager_reset(pPager); 5149 5150 /* Unmap the database file. It is possible that external processes 5151 ** may have truncated the database file and then extended it back 5152 ** to its original size while this process was not holding a lock. 5153 ** In this case there may exist a Pager.pMap mapping that appears 5154 ** to be the right size but is not actually valid. Avoid this 5155 ** possibility by unmapping the db here. */ 5156 if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){ 5157 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); 5158 } 5159 } 5160 } 5161 5162 /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL 5163 ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op. 5164 */ 5165 rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager); 5166 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 5167 assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5168 #endif 5169 } 5170 5171 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5172 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5173 rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager); 5174 } 5175 5176 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5177 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize); 5178 } 5179 5180 failed: 5181 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5182 assert( !MEMDB ); 5183 pager_unlock(pPager); 5184 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 5185 }else{ 5186 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; 5187 pPager->hasHeldSharedLock = 1; 5188 } 5189 return rc; 5190 } 5191 5192 /* 5193 ** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active 5194 ** transaction and unlock the pager. 5195 ** 5196 ** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in 5197 ** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is 5198 ** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op. 5199 */ 5200 static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){ 5201 if( pPager->nMmapOut==0 && (sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0) ){ 5202 pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager); 5203 } 5204 } 5205 5206 /* 5207 ** Acquire a reference to page number pgno in pager pPager (a page 5208 ** reference has type DbPage*). If the requested reference is 5209 ** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned. 5210 ** 5211 ** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned. 5212 ** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data 5213 ** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may 5214 ** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing 5215 ** object with no outstanding references. 5216 ** 5217 ** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the 5218 ** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is 5219 ** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra 5220 ** data is left as it was when the page object was last used. 5221 ** 5222 ** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if a 5223 ** non-zero value is passed as the noContent parameter and the 5224 ** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no 5225 ** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the 5226 ** page is initialized to all zeros. 5227 ** 5228 ** If noContent is true, it means that we do not care about the contents 5229 ** of the page. This occurs in two scenarios: 5230 ** 5231 ** a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and 5232 ** 5233 ** b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load 5234 ** a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read 5235 ** from the savepoint journal. 5236 ** 5237 ** If noContent is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead of 5238 ** being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding 5239 ** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the 5240 ** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open 5241 ** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any 5242 ** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents 5243 ** will not be journaled. This saves IO. 5244 ** 5245 ** The acquisition might fail for several reasons. In all cases, 5246 ** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL. 5247 ** 5248 ** See also sqlite3PagerLookup(). Both this routine and Lookup() attempt 5249 ** to find a page in the in-memory cache first. If the page is not already 5250 ** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup() 5251 ** just returns 0. This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it 5252 ** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary. 5253 ** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks 5254 ** or journal files. 5255 */ 5256 int sqlite3PagerAcquire( 5257 Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ 5258 Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ 5259 DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ 5260 int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */ 5261 ){ 5262 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5263 PgHdr *pPg = 0; 5264 u32 iFrame = 0; /* Frame to read from WAL file */ 5265 const int noContent = (flags & PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT); 5266 5267 /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except 5268 ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY 5269 ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a 5270 ** temporary or in-memory database. */ 5271 const int bMmapOk = (pgno>1 && USEFETCH(pPager) 5272 && (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_GET_READONLY)) 5273 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 5274 && pPager->xCodec==0 5275 #endif 5276 ); 5277 5278 /* Optimization note: Adding the "pgno<=1" term before "pgno==0" here 5279 ** allows the compiler optimizer to reuse the results of the "pgno>1" 5280 ** test in the previous statement, and avoid testing pgno==0 in the 5281 ** common case where pgno is large. */ 5282 if( pgno<=1 && pgno==0 ){ 5283 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 5284 } 5285 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); 5286 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5287 assert( noContent==0 || bMmapOk==0 ); 5288 5289 assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 ); 5290 5291 /* If the pager is in the error state, return an error immediately. 5292 ** Otherwise, request the page from the PCache layer. */ 5293 if( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5294 rc = pPager->errCode; 5295 }else{ 5296 if( bMmapOk && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5297 rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame); 5298 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err; 5299 } 5300 5301 if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){ 5302 void *pData = 0; 5303 5304 rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd, 5305 (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData 5306 ); 5307 5308 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){ 5309 if( pPager->eState>PAGER_READER ){ 5310 pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno); 5311 } 5312 if( pPg==0 ){ 5313 rc = pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager, pgno, pData, &pPg); 5314 }else{ 5315 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pData); 5316 } 5317 if( pPg ){ 5318 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5319 *ppPage = pPg; 5320 return SQLITE_OK; 5321 } 5322 } 5323 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5324 goto pager_acquire_err; 5325 } 5326 } 5327 5328 { 5329 sqlite3_pcache_page *pBase; 5330 pBase = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 3); 5331 if( pBase==0 ){ 5332 rc = sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(pPager->pPCache, pgno, &pBase); 5333 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err; 5334 if( pBase==0 ){ 5335 pPg = *ppPage = 0; 5336 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; 5337 goto pager_acquire_err; 5338 } 5339 } 5340 pPg = *ppPage = sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pBase); 5341 assert( pPg!=0 ); 5342 } 5343 } 5344 5345 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5346 /* Either the call to sqlite3PcacheFetch() returned an error or the 5347 ** pager was already in the error-state when this function was called. 5348 ** Set pPg to 0 and jump to the exception handler. */ 5349 pPg = 0; 5350 goto pager_acquire_err; 5351 } 5352 assert( pPg==(*ppPage) ); 5353 assert( pPg->pgno==pgno ); 5354 assert( pPg->pPager==pPager || pPg->pPager==0 ); 5355 5356 if( pPg->pPager && !noContent ){ 5357 /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of 5358 ** the page. Return without further ado. */ 5359 assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ); 5360 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++; 5361 return SQLITE_OK; 5362 5363 }else{ 5364 /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to 5365 ** be initialized. */ 5366 5367 pPg->pPager = pPager; 5368 5369 /* The maximum page number is 2^31. Return SQLITE_CORRUPT if a page 5370 ** number greater than this, or the unused locking-page, is requested. */ 5371 if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ 5372 rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 5373 goto pager_acquire_err; 5374 } 5375 5376 if( MEMDB || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent || !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 5377 if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){ 5378 rc = SQLITE_FULL; 5379 goto pager_acquire_err; 5380 } 5381 if( noContent ){ 5382 /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign. 5383 ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a 5384 ** page that does not need to be journaled. Nevertheless, be sure 5385 ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set 5386 ** a bit in a bit vector. 5387 */ 5388 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 5389 if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ 5390 TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno); 5391 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5392 } 5393 TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno); 5394 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5395 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 5396 } 5397 memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize); 5398 IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); 5399 }else{ 5400 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) && bMmapOk==0 ){ 5401 rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame); 5402 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err; 5403 } 5404 assert( pPg->pPager==pPager ); 5405 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++; 5406 rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame); 5407 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5408 goto pager_acquire_err; 5409 } 5410 } 5411 pager_set_pagehash(pPg); 5412 } 5413 5414 return SQLITE_OK; 5415 5416 pager_acquire_err: 5417 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 5418 if( pPg ){ 5419 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg); 5420 } 5421 pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager); 5422 5423 *ppPage = 0; 5424 return rc; 5425 } 5426 5427 /* 5428 ** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache. Do 5429 ** not read the page from disk. Return a pointer to the page, 5430 ** or 0 if the page is not in cache. 5431 ** 5432 ** See also sqlite3PagerGet(). The difference between this routine 5433 ** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read 5434 ** in the page if the page is not already in cache. This routine 5435 ** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error 5436 ** has ever happened. 5437 */ 5438 DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ 5439 sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage; 5440 assert( pPager!=0 ); 5441 assert( pgno!=0 ); 5442 assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 ); 5443 pPage = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0); 5444 assert( pPage==0 || pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ); 5445 if( pPage==0 ) return 0; 5446 return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pPage); 5447 } 5448 5449 /* 5450 ** Release a page reference. 5451 ** 5452 ** If the number of references to the page drop to zero, then the 5453 ** page is added to the LRU list. When all references to all pages 5454 ** are released, a rollback occurs and the lock on the database is 5455 ** removed. 5456 */ 5457 void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage *pPg){ 5458 Pager *pPager; 5459 assert( pPg!=0 ); 5460 pPager = pPg->pPager; 5461 if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP ){ 5462 pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg); 5463 }else{ 5464 sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); 5465 } 5466 pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager); 5467 } 5468 void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){ 5469 if( pPg ) sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg); 5470 } 5471 5472 /* 5473 ** This function is called at the start of every write transaction. 5474 ** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database 5475 ** file when this routine is called. 5476 ** 5477 ** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header 5478 ** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal 5479 ** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being 5480 ** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used 5481 ** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back. 5482 ** 5483 ** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode), 5484 ** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the 5485 ** already open file. 5486 ** 5487 ** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the 5488 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated. 5489 ** 5490 ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return 5491 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or 5492 ** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails. 5493 */ 5494 static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){ 5495 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 5496 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; /* Local cache of vfs pointer */ 5497 5498 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 5499 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5500 assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 ); 5501 5502 /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op. But on 5503 ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in 5504 ** an error state. */ 5505 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; 5506 5507 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 5508 pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize); 5509 if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){ 5510 return SQLITE_NOMEM; 5511 } 5512 5513 /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */ 5514 if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 5515 if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ 5516 sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd); 5517 }else{ 5518 const int flags = /* VFS flags to open journal file */ 5519 SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE| 5520 (pPager->tempFile ? 5521 (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL): 5522 (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL) 5523 ); 5524 5525 /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when 5526 ** it was originally opened. */ 5527 rc = databaseIsUnmoved(pPager); 5528 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5529 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 5530 rc = sqlite3JournalOpen( 5531 pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, jrnlBufferSize(pPager) 5532 ); 5533 #else 5534 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, 0); 5535 #endif 5536 } 5537 } 5538 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 5539 } 5540 5541 5542 /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open 5543 ** the sub-journal if necessary. 5544 */ 5545 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5546 /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */ 5547 pPager->nRec = 0; 5548 pPager->journalOff = 0; 5549 pPager->setMaster = 0; 5550 pPager->journalHdr = 0; 5551 rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); 5552 } 5553 } 5554 5555 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5556 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); 5557 pPager->pInJournal = 0; 5558 }else{ 5559 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 5560 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD; 5561 } 5562 5563 return rc; 5564 } 5565 5566 /* 5567 ** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a 5568 ** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op. 5569 ** 5570 ** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED 5571 ** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least 5572 ** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking 5573 ** functions need be called. 5574 ** 5575 ** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened 5576 ** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This 5577 ** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when 5578 ** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a 5579 ** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required 5580 ** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database, 5581 ** or using a temporary file otherwise. 5582 */ 5583 int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){ 5584 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5585 5586 if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode; 5587 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR ); 5588 pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory; 5589 5590 if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){ 5591 assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 ); 5592 5593 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5594 /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an 5595 ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now. 5596 */ 5597 if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){ 5598 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 5599 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5600 return rc; 5601 } 5602 sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1); 5603 } 5604 5605 /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to 5606 ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller. 5607 ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already 5608 ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it. 5609 */ 5610 rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal); 5611 }else{ 5612 /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter 5613 ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The 5614 ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE 5615 ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock. 5616 */ 5617 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK); 5618 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){ 5619 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 5620 } 5621 } 5622 5623 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5624 /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state. 5625 ** 5626 ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD 5627 ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED. 5628 ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint 5629 ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database 5630 ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in 5631 ** WAL mode. 5632 */ 5633 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED; 5634 pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize; 5635 pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize; 5636 pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize; 5637 pPager->journalOff = 0; 5638 } 5639 5640 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 5641 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 5642 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5643 } 5644 5645 PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 5646 return rc; 5647 } 5648 5649 /* 5650 ** Write page pPg onto the end of the rollback journal. 5651 */ 5652 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(PgHdr *pPg){ 5653 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 5654 int rc; 5655 u32 cksum; 5656 char *pData2; 5657 i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff; 5658 5659 /* We should never write to the journal file the page that 5660 ** contains the database locks. The following assert verifies 5661 ** that we do not. */ 5662 assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ); 5663 5664 assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff ); 5665 CODEC2(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2); 5666 cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2); 5667 5668 /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the 5669 ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page. 5670 ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in 5671 ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored 5672 ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so, 5673 ** then corruption may follow. 5674 */ 5675 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 5676 5677 rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno); 5678 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5679 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4); 5680 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5681 rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum); 5682 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5683 5684 IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, 5685 pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize)); 5686 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count); 5687 PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n", 5688 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, 5689 ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg))); 5690 5691 pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize; 5692 pPager->nRec++; 5693 assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 ); 5694 rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno); 5695 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5696 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5697 rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno); 5698 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5699 return rc; 5700 } 5701 5702 /* 5703 ** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the 5704 ** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into 5705 ** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the 5706 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs 5707 ** of any open savepoints as appropriate. 5708 */ 5709 static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){ 5710 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 5711 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5712 5713 /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already 5714 ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point. 5715 ** It is never called in the ERROR state. 5716 */ 5717 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 5718 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 5719 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 5720 ); 5721 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5722 assert( pPager->errCode==0 ); 5723 assert( pPager->readOnly==0 ); 5724 CHECK_PAGE(pPg); 5725 5726 /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already 5727 ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the 5728 ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case. 5729 ** 5730 ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page. 5731 ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then 5732 ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state 5733 ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache. 5734 */ 5735 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 5736 rc = pager_open_journal(pPager); 5737 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5738 } 5739 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ); 5740 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5741 5742 /* Mark the page that is about to be modified as dirty. */ 5743 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); 5744 5745 /* If a rollback journal is in use, them make sure the page that is about 5746 ** to change is in the rollback journal, or if the page is a new page off 5747 ** then end of the file, make sure it is marked as PGHDR_NEED_SYNC. 5748 */ 5749 assert( (pPager->pInJournal!=0) == isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 5750 if( pPager->pInJournal!=0 5751 && sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno)==0 5752 ){ 5753 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); 5754 if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ 5755 rc = pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(pPg); 5756 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5757 return rc; 5758 } 5759 }else{ 5760 if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){ 5761 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 5762 } 5763 PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n", 5764 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, 5765 ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0))); 5766 } 5767 } 5768 5769 /* The PGHDR_DIRTY bit is set above when the page was added to the dirty-list 5770 ** and before writing the page into the rollback journal. Wait until now, 5771 ** after the page has been successfully journalled, before setting the 5772 ** PGHDR_WRITEABLE bit that indicates that the page can be safely modified. 5773 */ 5774 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_WRITEABLE; 5775 5776 /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it, 5777 ** then write the page into the statement journal. 5778 */ 5779 if( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ){ 5780 rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); 5781 } 5782 5783 /* Update the database size and return. */ 5784 if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){ 5785 pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno; 5786 } 5787 return rc; 5788 } 5789 5790 /* 5791 ** This is a variant of sqlite3PagerWrite() that runs when the sector size 5792 ** is larger than the page size. SQLite makes the (reasonable) assumption that 5793 ** all bytes of a sector are written together by hardware. Hence, all bytes of 5794 ** a sector need to be journalled in case of a power loss in the middle of 5795 ** a write. 5796 ** 5797 ** Usually, the sector size is less than or equal to the page size, in which 5798 ** case pages can be individually written. This routine only runs in the 5799 ** exceptional case where the page size is smaller than the sector size. 5800 */ 5801 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerWriteLargeSector(PgHdr *pPg){ 5802 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 5803 Pgno nPageCount; /* Total number of pages in database file */ 5804 Pgno pg1; /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */ 5805 int nPage = 0; /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */ 5806 int ii; /* Loop counter */ 5807 int needSync = 0; /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */ 5808 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* The pager that owns pPg */ 5809 Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize); 5810 5811 /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow 5812 ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by 5813 ** this function. 5814 */ 5815 assert( !MEMDB ); 5816 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)==0 ); 5817 pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC; 5818 5819 /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are 5820 ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier 5821 ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on. 5822 */ 5823 pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1; 5824 5825 nPageCount = pPager->dbSize; 5826 if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){ 5827 nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1; 5828 }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){ 5829 nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1; 5830 }else{ 5831 nPage = nPagePerSector; 5832 } 5833 assert(nPage>0); 5834 assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno); 5835 assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno); 5836 5837 for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){ 5838 Pgno pg = pg1+ii; 5839 PgHdr *pPage; 5840 if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){ 5841 if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ 5842 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage); 5843 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5844 rc = pager_write(pPage); 5845 if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){ 5846 needSync = 1; 5847 } 5848 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); 5849 } 5850 } 5851 }else if( (pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){ 5852 if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){ 5853 needSync = 1; 5854 } 5855 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); 5856 } 5857 } 5858 5859 /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages 5860 ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because 5861 ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the 5862 ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them 5863 ** before any of them can be written out to the database file. 5864 */ 5865 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){ 5866 assert( !MEMDB ); 5867 for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){ 5868 PgHdr *pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg1+ii); 5869 if( pPage ){ 5870 pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 5871 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); 5872 } 5873 } 5874 } 5875 5876 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)!=0 ); 5877 pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC; 5878 return rc; 5879 } 5880 5881 /* 5882 ** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before 5883 ** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value 5884 ** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless 5885 ** this routine returns SQLITE_OK. 5886 ** 5887 ** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this 5888 ** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages 5889 ** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages 5890 ** must have been written to the journal file before returning. 5891 ** 5892 ** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned 5893 ** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. 5894 */ 5895 int sqlite3PagerWrite(PgHdr *pPg){ 5896 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 5897 assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 ); 5898 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 5899 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 5900 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5901 if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE)!=0 && pPager->dbSize>=pPg->pgno ){ 5902 if( pPager->nSavepoint ) return subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); 5903 return SQLITE_OK; 5904 }else if( pPager->sectorSize > (u32)pPager->pageSize ){ 5905 return pagerWriteLargeSector(pPg); 5906 }else{ 5907 return pager_write(pPg); 5908 } 5909 } 5910 5911 /* 5912 ** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed 5913 ** to sqlite3PagerWrite(). In other words, return TRUE if it is ok 5914 ** to change the content of the page. 5915 */ 5916 #ifndef NDEBUG 5917 int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){ 5918 return pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE; 5919 } 5920 #endif 5921 5922 /* 5923 ** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to 5924 ** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though 5925 ** that page might be marked as dirty. This happens, for example, when 5926 ** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its 5927 ** content no longer matters. 5928 ** 5929 ** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data 5930 ** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so 5931 ** that it does not get written to disk. 5932 ** 5933 ** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large 5934 ** DELETE operations. 5935 */ 5936 void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){ 5937 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 5938 if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){ 5939 PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager))); 5940 IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno)) 5941 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE; 5942 pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_WRITEABLE; 5943 pager_set_pagehash(pPg); 5944 } 5945 } 5946 5947 /* 5948 ** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file 5949 ** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at 5950 ** byte offset 24 of the pager file. The secondary change counter at 5951 ** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96. 5952 ** 5953 ** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false. 5954 ** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once. 5955 ** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an 5956 ** unconditional update of the change counters. 5957 ** 5958 ** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling 5959 ** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the 5960 ** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current 5961 ** transaction is committed. 5962 ** 5963 ** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled 5964 ** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case, 5965 ** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly 5966 ** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the 5967 ** sqlite3OsWrite() function. 5968 */ 5969 static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){ 5970 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5971 5972 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 5973 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 5974 ); 5975 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5976 5977 /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the 5978 ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect 5979 ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter 5980 ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero. 5981 ** 5982 ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not 5983 ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of 5984 ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the 5985 ** "if( isDirect )" condition. 5986 */ 5987 #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 5988 # define DIRECT_MODE 0 5989 assert( isDirectMode==0 ); 5990 UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode); 5991 #else 5992 # define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode 5993 #endif 5994 5995 if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){ 5996 PgHdr *pPgHdr; /* Reference to page 1 */ 5997 5998 assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 5999 6000 /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */ 6001 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr); 6002 assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK ); 6003 6004 /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not 6005 ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable. When not in 6006 ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet() 6007 ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK. 6008 */ 6009 if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){ 6010 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr); 6011 } 6012 6013 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6014 /* Actually do the update of the change counter */ 6015 pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr); 6016 6017 /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */ 6018 if( DIRECT_MODE ){ 6019 const void *zBuf; 6020 assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 ); 6021 CODEC2(pPager, pPgHdr->pData, 1, 6, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM, zBuf); 6022 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6023 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0); 6024 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++; 6025 } 6026 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6027 /* Update the pager's copy of the change-counter. Otherwise, the 6028 ** next time a read transaction is opened the cache will be 6029 ** flushed (as the change-counter values will not match). */ 6030 const void *pCopy = (const void *)&((const char *)zBuf)[24]; 6031 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, pCopy, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 6032 pPager->changeCountDone = 1; 6033 } 6034 }else{ 6035 pPager->changeCountDone = 1; 6036 } 6037 } 6038 6039 /* Release the page reference. */ 6040 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr); 6041 } 6042 return rc; 6043 } 6044 6045 /* 6046 ** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases 6047 ** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set. 6048 ** 6049 ** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this 6050 ** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned. 6051 */ 6052 int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ 6053 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 6054 6055 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 6056 void *pArg = (void*)zMaster; 6057 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC, pArg); 6058 if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; 6059 } 6060 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){ 6061 assert( !MEMDB ); 6062 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags); 6063 } 6064 return rc; 6065 } 6066 6067 /* 6068 ** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in 6069 ** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op. 6070 ** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on 6071 ** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one. 6072 ** 6073 ** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is 6074 ** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned. 6075 ** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is 6076 ** returned. 6077 */ 6078 int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ 6079 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 6080 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6081 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 6082 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6083 ); 6084 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6085 if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6086 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 6087 } 6088 return rc; 6089 } 6090 6091 /* 6092 ** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name 6093 ** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual 6094 ** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master 6095 ** journal (a single database transaction). 6096 ** 6097 ** This routine ensures that: 6098 ** 6099 ** * The database file change-counter is updated, 6100 ** * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used), 6101 ** * all dirty pages are written to the database file, 6102 ** * the database file is truncated (if required), and 6103 ** * the database file synced. 6104 ** 6105 ** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize 6106 ** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or 6107 ** delete the master journal file if specified). 6108 ** 6109 ** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value 6110 ** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call. 6111 ** 6112 ** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself 6113 ** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to 6114 ** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the 6115 ** journal file in this case. 6116 */ 6117 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne( 6118 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 6119 const char *zMaster, /* If not NULL, the master journal name */ 6120 int noSync /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */ 6121 ){ 6122 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6123 6124 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6125 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6126 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 6127 || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR 6128 ); 6129 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6130 6131 /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */ 6132 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; 6133 6134 PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n", 6135 pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize)); 6136 6137 /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */ 6138 if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK; 6139 6140 if( MEMDB ){ 6141 /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this 6142 ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op. However, any 6143 ** backup in progress needs to be restarted. 6144 */ 6145 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); 6146 }else{ 6147 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6148 PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 6149 PgHdr *pPageOne = 0; 6150 if( pList==0 ){ 6151 /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag. 6152 ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */ 6153 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne); 6154 pList = pPageOne; 6155 pList->pDirty = 0; 6156 } 6157 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 6158 if( ALWAYS(pList) ){ 6159 rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1); 6160 } 6161 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne); 6162 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6163 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); 6164 } 6165 }else{ 6166 /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it 6167 ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization 6168 ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the 6169 ** runtime criteria to use the operation: 6170 ** 6171 ** * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for 6172 ** blocks of size page-size, and 6173 ** * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and 6174 ** * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file. 6175 ** 6176 ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the 6177 ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change 6178 ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but 6179 ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate() 6180 ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call 6181 ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect 6182 ** mode. 6183 ** 6184 ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable, 6185 ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter 6186 ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be 6187 ** created for this transaction. 6188 */ 6189 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 6190 PgHdr *pPg; 6191 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) 6192 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 6193 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 6194 ); 6195 if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd) 6196 && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager) 6197 && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize 6198 && (0==(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty) 6199 ){ 6200 /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The 6201 ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1 6202 ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1 6203 ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write 6204 ** property of the host file-system, this is safe. 6205 */ 6206 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1); 6207 }else{ 6208 rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd); 6209 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6210 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0); 6211 } 6212 } 6213 #else 6214 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0); 6215 #endif 6216 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6217 6218 /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master 6219 ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file, 6220 ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op. 6221 */ 6222 rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster); 6223 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6224 6225 /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database. 6226 ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not 6227 ** create the journal file or perform any real IO. 6228 ** 6229 ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the 6230 ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the 6231 ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive 6232 ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is 6233 ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant 6234 ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow. 6235 */ 6236 rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0); 6237 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6238 6239 rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager,sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)); 6240 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 6241 assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED ); 6242 goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6243 } 6244 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); 6245 6246 /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use 6247 ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database 6248 ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the 6249 ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the 6250 ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file 6251 ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case. */ 6252 if( pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbFileSize ){ 6253 Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager)); 6254 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ); 6255 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew); 6256 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6257 } 6258 6259 /* Finally, sync the database file. */ 6260 if( !noSync ){ 6261 rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zMaster); 6262 } 6263 IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager)) 6264 } 6265 } 6266 6267 commit_phase_one_exit: 6268 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6269 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED; 6270 } 6271 return rc; 6272 } 6273 6274 6275 /* 6276 ** When this function is called, the database file has been completely 6277 ** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and 6278 ** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system 6279 ** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually 6280 ** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back. 6281 ** 6282 ** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting, 6283 ** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used 6284 ** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is 6285 ** irrevocably committed. 6286 ** 6287 ** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager 6288 ** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. 6289 */ 6290 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){ 6291 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6292 6293 /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred. 6294 ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get 6295 ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */ 6296 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; 6297 6298 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6299 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 6300 || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD) 6301 ); 6302 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6303 6304 /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during 6305 ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is 6306 ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op. 6307 ** 6308 ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal 6309 ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as 6310 ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made 6311 ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal 6312 ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need 6313 ** to drop any locks either. 6314 */ 6315 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6316 && pPager->exclusiveMode 6317 && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 6318 ){ 6319 assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff ); 6320 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; 6321 return SQLITE_OK; 6322 } 6323 6324 PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 6325 pPager->iDataVersion++; 6326 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 1); 6327 return pager_error(pPager, rc); 6328 } 6329 6330 /* 6331 ** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the 6332 ** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed. 6333 ** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR 6334 ** state if an error occurs. 6335 ** 6336 ** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called, 6337 ** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case. 6338 ** 6339 ** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions: 6340 ** 6341 ** 1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and 6342 ** in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction 6343 ** was opened, and 6344 ** 6345 ** 2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot 6346 ** rollback at any point in the future. 6347 ** 6348 ** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the 6349 ** rollback is successful. 6350 ** 6351 ** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the 6352 ** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to 6353 ** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or 6354 ** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed. 6355 */ 6356 int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){ 6357 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6358 PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 6359 6360 /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If 6361 ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not 6362 ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller. 6363 */ 6364 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6365 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode; 6366 if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK; 6367 6368 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6369 int rc2; 6370 rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1); 6371 rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 0); 6372 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; 6373 }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 6374 int eState = pPager->eState; 6375 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0); 6376 if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 6377 /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error 6378 ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted. 6379 ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT. 6380 */ 6381 pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT; 6382 pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; 6383 return rc; 6384 } 6385 }else{ 6386 rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0); 6387 } 6388 6389 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 6390 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT 6391 || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR 6392 || rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN 6393 ); 6394 6395 /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager 6396 ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent. 6397 */ 6398 return pager_error(pPager, rc); 6399 } 6400 6401 /* 6402 ** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only. Return FALSE 6403 ** if the database is (in theory) writable. 6404 */ 6405 u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){ 6406 return pPager->readOnly; 6407 } 6408 6409 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 6410 /* 6411 ** Return the sum of the reference counts for all pages held by pPager. 6412 */ 6413 int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){ 6414 return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache); 6415 } 6416 #endif 6417 6418 /* 6419 ** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently 6420 ** used by the pager and its associated cache. 6421 */ 6422 int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){ 6423 int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr) 6424 + 5*sizeof(void*); 6425 return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache) 6426 + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager) 6427 + pPager->pageSize; 6428 } 6429 6430 /* 6431 ** Return the number of references to the specified page. 6432 */ 6433 int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){ 6434 return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage); 6435 } 6436 6437 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 6438 /* 6439 ** This routine is used for testing and analysis only. 6440 */ 6441 int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){ 6442 static int a[11]; 6443 a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache); 6444 a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache); 6445 a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache); 6446 a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize; 6447 a[4] = pPager->eState; 6448 a[5] = pPager->errCode; 6449 a[6] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]; 6450 a[7] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]; 6451 a[8] = 0; /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */ 6452 a[9] = pPager->nRead; 6453 a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]; 6454 return a; 6455 } 6456 #endif 6457 6458 /* 6459 ** Parameter eStat must be either SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT or 6460 ** SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS. Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the 6461 ** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the 6462 ** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before 6463 ** returning. 6464 */ 6465 void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){ 6466 6467 assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT 6468 || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS 6469 || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE 6470 ); 6471 6472 assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS ); 6473 assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE ); 6474 assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1 && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 ); 6475 6476 *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT]; 6477 if( reset ){ 6478 pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT] = 0; 6479 } 6480 } 6481 6482 /* 6483 ** Return true if this is an in-memory pager. 6484 */ 6485 int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){ 6486 return MEMDB; 6487 } 6488 6489 /* 6490 ** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are 6491 ** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints 6492 ** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already 6493 ** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op. 6494 ** 6495 ** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error 6496 ** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is 6497 ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. 6498 */ 6499 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){ 6500 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6501 int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint; /* Current number of savepoints */ 6502 int ii; /* Iterator variable */ 6503 PagerSavepoint *aNew; /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */ 6504 6505 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 6506 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6507 assert( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal ); 6508 6509 /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM 6510 ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a 6511 ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below. 6512 */ 6513 aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc( 6514 pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint 6515 ); 6516 if( !aNew ){ 6517 return SQLITE_NOMEM; 6518 } 6519 memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint)); 6520 pPager->aSavepoint = aNew; 6521 6522 /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */ 6523 for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){ 6524 aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize; 6525 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){ 6526 aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff; 6527 }else{ 6528 aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 6529 } 6530 aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec; 6531 aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize); 6532 if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){ 6533 return SQLITE_NOMEM; 6534 } 6535 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6536 sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData); 6537 } 6538 pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1; 6539 } 6540 assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint ); 6541 assertTruncateConstraint(pPager); 6542 return rc; 6543 } 6544 int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){ 6545 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 6546 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6547 6548 if( nSavepoint>pPager->nSavepoint && pPager->useJournal ){ 6549 return pagerOpenSavepoint(pPager, nSavepoint); 6550 }else{ 6551 return SQLITE_OK; 6552 } 6553 } 6554 6555 6556 /* 6557 ** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint. 6558 ** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently 6559 ** created savepoint. 6560 ** 6561 ** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. 6562 ** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with 6563 ** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes 6564 ** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created. 6565 ** 6566 ** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter 6567 ** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint 6568 ** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate 6569 ** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than 6570 ** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op. 6571 ** 6572 ** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current 6573 ** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling 6574 ** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate 6575 ** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the 6576 ** contents of the database to its original state. 6577 ** 6578 ** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint 6579 ** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE), 6580 ** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed. 6581 ** 6582 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails, 6583 ** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a 6584 ** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned. 6585 */ 6586 int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){ 6587 int rc = pPager->errCode; /* Return code */ 6588 6589 assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); 6590 assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); 6591 6592 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){ 6593 int ii; /* Iterator variable */ 6594 int nNew; /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */ 6595 6596 /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this 6597 ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated 6598 ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation. 6599 */ 6600 nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1); 6601 for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 6602 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint); 6603 } 6604 pPager->nSavepoint = nNew; 6605 6606 /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate 6607 ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */ 6608 if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){ 6609 if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ 6610 /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */ 6611 if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){ 6612 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0); 6613 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 6614 } 6615 pPager->nSubRec = 0; 6616 } 6617 } 6618 /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint. 6619 ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has 6620 ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to 6621 ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped. 6622 */ 6623 else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 6624 PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1]; 6625 rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint); 6626 assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE); 6627 } 6628 } 6629 6630 return rc; 6631 } 6632 6633 /* 6634 ** Return the full pathname of the database file. 6635 ** 6636 ** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if 6637 ** nullIfMemDb is true. This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when 6638 ** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy 6639 ** behavior. But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to 6640 ** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can 6641 ** participate in shared-cache. 6642 */ 6643 const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){ 6644 return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? "" : pPager->zFilename; 6645 } 6646 6647 /* 6648 ** Return the VFS structure for the pager. 6649 */ 6650 const sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){ 6651 return pPager->pVfs; 6652 } 6653 6654 /* 6655 ** Return the file handle for the database file associated 6656 ** with the pager. This might return NULL if the file has 6657 ** not yet been opened. 6658 */ 6659 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){ 6660 return pPager->fd; 6661 } 6662 6663 /* 6664 ** Return the full pathname of the journal file. 6665 */ 6666 const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){ 6667 return pPager->zJournal; 6668 } 6669 6670 /* 6671 ** Return true if fsync() calls are disabled for this pager. Return FALSE 6672 ** if fsync()s are executed normally. 6673 */ 6674 int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager *pPager){ 6675 return pPager->noSync; 6676 } 6677 6678 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 6679 /* 6680 ** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager 6681 */ 6682 void sqlite3PagerSetCodec( 6683 Pager *pPager, 6684 void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int), 6685 void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int), 6686 void (*xCodecFree)(void*), 6687 void *pCodec 6688 ){ 6689 if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec); 6690 pPager->xCodec = pPager->memDb ? 0 : xCodec; 6691 pPager->xCodecSizeChng = xCodecSizeChng; 6692 pPager->xCodecFree = xCodecFree; 6693 pPager->pCodec = pCodec; 6694 pagerReportSize(pPager); 6695 } 6696 void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){ 6697 return pPager->pCodec; 6698 } 6699 6700 /* 6701 ** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content 6702 ** into the log file. 6703 ** 6704 ** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted 6705 ** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL. 6706 */ 6707 void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr *pPg){ 6708 void *aData = 0; 6709 CODEC2(pPg->pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 6, return 0, aData); 6710 return aData; 6711 } 6712 6713 /* 6714 ** Return the current pager state 6715 */ 6716 int sqlite3PagerState(Pager *pPager){ 6717 return pPager->eState; 6718 } 6719 #endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */ 6720 6721 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM 6722 /* 6723 ** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file. 6724 ** 6725 ** There must be no references to the page previously located at 6726 ** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be 6727 ** in cache. If the page previously located at pgno is not already 6728 ** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine. 6729 ** 6730 ** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any 6731 ** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes 6732 ** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller. 6733 ** 6734 ** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be 6735 ** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction 6736 ** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement 6737 ** transaction is active). 6738 ** 6739 ** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being 6740 ** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction 6741 ** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page 6742 ** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction. 6743 ** 6744 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error 6745 ** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK. 6746 */ 6747 int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){ 6748 PgHdr *pPgOld; /* The page being overwritten. */ 6749 Pgno needSyncPgno = 0; /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */ 6750 int rc; /* Return code */ 6751 Pgno origPgno; /* The original page number */ 6752 6753 assert( pPg->nRef>0 ); 6754 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6755 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 6756 ); 6757 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6758 6759 /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal 6760 ** the page we are moving from. 6761 */ 6762 if( MEMDB ){ 6763 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg); 6764 if( rc ) return rc; 6765 } 6766 6767 /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest 6768 ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the 6769 ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario: 6770 ** 6771 ** BEGIN; 6772 ** <journal page X, then modify it in memory> 6773 ** SAVEPOINT one; 6774 ** <Move page X to location Y> 6775 ** ROLLBACK TO one; 6776 ** 6777 ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not 6778 ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one" 6779 ** statement were is processed. 6780 ** 6781 ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into 6782 ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function 6783 ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM. 6784 */ 6785 if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY)!=0 6786 && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg)) 6787 ){ 6788 return rc; 6789 } 6790 6791 PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n", 6792 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno)); 6793 IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno)) 6794 6795 /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can 6796 ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno. 6797 ** 6798 ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that 6799 ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno 6800 ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it. 6801 */ 6802 if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){ 6803 needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno; 6804 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || 6805 pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize ); 6806 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); 6807 } 6808 6809 /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it 6810 ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for 6811 ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained 6812 ** for the page moved there. 6813 */ 6814 pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 6815 pPgOld = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno); 6816 assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 ); 6817 if( pPgOld ){ 6818 pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC); 6819 if( MEMDB ){ 6820 /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might 6821 ** need to rollback later. Just move the page out of the way. */ 6822 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1); 6823 }else{ 6824 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld); 6825 } 6826 } 6827 6828 origPgno = pPg->pgno; 6829 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno); 6830 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); 6831 6832 /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues 6833 ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back. Use pPgOld 6834 ** as the original page since it has already been allocated. 6835 */ 6836 if( MEMDB ){ 6837 assert( pPgOld ); 6838 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno); 6839 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld); 6840 } 6841 6842 if( needSyncPgno ){ 6843 /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be 6844 ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno. 6845 ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the 6846 ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by 6847 ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 6848 ** flag. 6849 ** 6850 ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due 6851 ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[] 6852 ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in 6853 ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before 6854 ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in 6855 ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem. 6856 */ 6857 PgHdr *pPgHdr; 6858 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr); 6859 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 6860 if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ 6861 assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 ); 6862 sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace); 6863 } 6864 return rc; 6865 } 6866 pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 6867 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr); 6868 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgHdr); 6869 } 6870 6871 return SQLITE_OK; 6872 } 6873 #endif 6874 6875 /* 6876 ** The page handle passed as the first argument refers to a dirty page 6877 ** with a page number other than iNew. This function changes the page's 6878 ** page number to iNew and sets the value of the PgHdr.flags field to 6879 ** the value passed as the third parameter. 6880 */ 6881 void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage *pPg, Pgno iNew, u16 flags){ 6882 assert( pPg->pgno!=iNew ); 6883 pPg->flags = flags; 6884 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, iNew); 6885 } 6886 6887 /* 6888 ** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page. 6889 */ 6890 void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){ 6891 assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb ); 6892 return pPg->pData; 6893 } 6894 6895 /* 6896 ** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space 6897 ** allocated along with the specified page. 6898 */ 6899 void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){ 6900 return pPg->pExtra; 6901 } 6902 6903 /* 6904 ** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one 6905 ** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or 6906 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then 6907 ** the locking-mode is set to the value specified. 6908 ** 6909 ** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or 6910 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated) 6911 ** locking-mode. 6912 */ 6913 int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ 6914 assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY 6915 || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 6916 || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); 6917 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 ); 6918 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 ); 6919 assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ); 6920 if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){ 6921 pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode; 6922 } 6923 return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode; 6924 } 6925 6926 /* 6927 ** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of: 6928 ** 6929 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 6930 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 6931 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 6932 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 6933 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 6934 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 6935 ** 6936 ** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed. 6937 ** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons: 6938 ** 6939 ** * An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF 6940 ** or _MEMORY. 6941 ** 6942 ** * Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode. 6943 ** 6944 ** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode. 6945 */ 6946 int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ 6947 u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode; /* Prior journalmode */ 6948 6949 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 6950 /* The print_pager_state() routine is intended to be used by the debugger 6951 ** only. We invoke it once here to suppress a compiler warning. */ 6952 print_pager_state(pPager); 6953 #endif 6954 6955 6956 /* The eMode parameter is always valid */ 6957 assert( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 6958 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 6959 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 6960 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 6961 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 6962 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); 6963 6964 /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and 6965 ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed 6966 ** to WAL mode. 6967 */ 6968 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); 6969 6970 /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to 6971 ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF 6972 */ 6973 if( MEMDB ){ 6974 assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ); 6975 if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 6976 eMode = eOld; 6977 } 6978 } 6979 6980 if( eMode!=eOld ){ 6981 6982 /* Change the journal mode. */ 6983 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 6984 pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode; 6985 6986 /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal 6987 ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, 6988 ** delete the journal file. 6989 */ 6990 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 ); 6991 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 ); 6992 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 ); 6993 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 ); 6994 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 ); 6995 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 ); 6996 6997 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode ); 6998 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){ 6999 7000 /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is 7001 ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file 7002 ** here is an optimization only. 7003 ** 7004 ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the 7005 ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted 7006 ** while it is in use by some other client. 7007 */ 7008 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 7009 if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ 7010 sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); 7011 }else{ 7012 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7013 int state = pPager->eState; 7014 assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER ); 7015 if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){ 7016 rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager); 7017 } 7018 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){ 7019 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 7020 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK); 7021 } 7022 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7023 sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); 7024 } 7025 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){ 7026 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 7027 }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){ 7028 pager_unlock(pPager); 7029 } 7030 assert( state==pPager->eState ); 7031 } 7032 }else if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 7033 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 7034 } 7035 } 7036 7037 /* Return the new journal mode */ 7038 return (int)pPager->journalMode; 7039 } 7040 7041 /* 7042 ** Return the current journal mode. 7043 */ 7044 int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){ 7045 return (int)pPager->journalMode; 7046 } 7047 7048 /* 7049 ** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the 7050 ** journalmode. Journalmode changes can only happen when the database 7051 ** is unmodified. 7052 */ 7053 int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){ 7054 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 7055 if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0; 7056 if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0; 7057 return 1; 7058 } 7059 7060 /* 7061 ** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files. 7062 ** 7063 ** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced. 7064 ** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op. 7065 */ 7066 i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){ 7067 if( iLimit>=-1 ){ 7068 pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit; 7069 sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit); 7070 } 7071 return pPager->journalSizeLimit; 7072 } 7073 7074 /* 7075 ** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module 7076 ** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module 7077 ** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and 7078 ** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only. 7079 */ 7080 sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){ 7081 return &pPager->pBackup; 7082 } 7083 7084 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM 7085 /* 7086 ** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache. 7087 */ 7088 void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){ 7089 if( !MEMDB && pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager); 7090 } 7091 #endif 7092 7093 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 7094 /* 7095 ** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint", 7096 ** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() 7097 ** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions. 7098 ** 7099 ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART. 7100 */ 7101 int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){ 7102 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7103 if( pPager->pWal ){ 7104 rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, eMode, 7105 (eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ? 0 : pPager->xBusyHandler), 7106 pPager->pBusyHandlerArg, 7107 pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace, 7108 pnLog, pnCkpt 7109 ); 7110 } 7111 return rc; 7112 } 7113 7114 int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){ 7115 return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal); 7116 } 7117 7118 /* 7119 ** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the 7120 ** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging. 7121 */ 7122 int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){ 7123 const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods; 7124 return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap); 7125 } 7126 7127 /* 7128 ** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock 7129 ** is obtained instead, immediately release it. 7130 */ 7131 static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ 7132 int rc; /* Return code */ 7133 7134 assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 7135 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 7136 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 7137 /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the 7138 ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead. */ 7139 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 7140 } 7141 7142 return rc; 7143 } 7144 7145 /* 7146 ** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in 7147 ** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE 7148 ** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index 7149 ** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory. 7150 */ 7151 static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){ 7152 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7153 7154 assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 ); 7155 assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 7156 7157 /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use 7158 ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory 7159 ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL 7160 ** file, to make sure this is safe. 7161 */ 7162 if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 7163 rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager); 7164 } 7165 7166 /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails, 7167 ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code. 7168 */ 7169 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7170 rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs, 7171 pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode, 7172 pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal 7173 ); 7174 } 7175 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 7176 7177 return rc; 7178 } 7179 7180 7181 /* 7182 ** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call 7183 ** this function. 7184 ** 7185 ** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database 7186 ** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file 7187 ** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful, 7188 ** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does 7189 ** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is 7190 ** not modified in either case. 7191 ** 7192 ** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if 7193 ** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK 7194 ** without doing anything. 7195 */ 7196 int sqlite3PagerOpenWal( 7197 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 7198 int *pbOpen /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */ 7199 ){ 7200 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 7201 7202 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 7203 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pbOpen ); 7204 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen ); 7205 assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 ); 7206 assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) ); 7207 7208 if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){ 7209 if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; 7210 7211 /* Close any rollback journal previously open */ 7212 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 7213 7214 rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager); 7215 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7216 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL; 7217 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 7218 } 7219 }else{ 7220 *pbOpen = 1; 7221 } 7222 7223 return rc; 7224 } 7225 7226 /* 7227 ** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior 7228 ** to switching from WAL to rollback mode. 7229 ** 7230 ** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an 7231 ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an 7232 ** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed. 7233 ** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning. 7234 */ 7235 int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager){ 7236 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7237 7238 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); 7239 7240 /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system, 7241 ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to 7242 ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen. 7243 */ 7244 if( !pPager->pWal ){ 7245 int logexists = 0; 7246 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 7247 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7248 rc = sqlite3OsAccess( 7249 pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists 7250 ); 7251 } 7252 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){ 7253 rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager); 7254 } 7255 } 7256 7257 /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on 7258 ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted. 7259 */ 7260 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){ 7261 rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager); 7262 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7263 rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, 7264 pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace); 7265 pPager->pWal = 0; 7266 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 7267 } 7268 } 7269 return rc; 7270 } 7271 7272 #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ 7273 7274 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS 7275 /* 7276 ** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If 7277 ** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more 7278 ** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the 7279 ** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file 7280 ** is empty, return 0. 7281 */ 7282 int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){ 7283 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); 7284 return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal); 7285 } 7286 #endif 7287 7288 7289 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */ 7290